summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/1492-h
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '1492-h')
-rw-r--r--1492-h/1492-h.htm6701
1 files changed, 6701 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/1492-h/1492-h.htm b/1492-h/1492-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8811d9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/1492-h/1492-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,6701 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html
+ PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd" >
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="en">
+ <head>
+ <title>
+ The Life of Christopher Columbus, by Edward Everett Hale,
+ </title>
+ <style type="text/css" xml:space="preserve">
+
+ body { margin:5%; background:#faebd0; text-align:justify}
+ P { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: .25em; margin-bottom: .25em; }
+ H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; }
+ hr { width: 50%; text-align: center;}
+ .foot { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; text-indent: -3em; font-size: 90%; }
+ blockquote {font-size: 97%; font-style: italic; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;}
+ .mynote {background-color: #DDE; color: #000; padding: .5em; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 95%;}
+ .toc { margin-left: 10%; margin-bottom: .75em;}
+ .toc2 { margin-left: 20%;}
+ div.fig { display:block; margin:0 auto; text-align:center; }
+ div.middle { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; }
+ .figleft {float: left; margin-left: 0%; margin-right: 1%;}
+ .figright {float: right; margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 1%;}
+ .pagenum {display:inline; font-size: 70%; font-style:normal;
+ margin: 0; padding: 0; position: absolute; right: 1%;
+ text-align: right;}
+ pre { font-style: italic; font-size: 90%; margin-left: 10%;}
+
+</style>
+ </head>
+ <body>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Life of Christopher Columbus from his
+own Letters and Journals, by Edward Everett Hale
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Life of Christopher Columbus from his own Letters and Journals
+
+Author: Edward Everett Hale
+
+Release Date: February 15, 2006 [EBook #1492]
+Last Updated: November 7, 2016
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK LIFE OF COLUMBUS ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Charles Keller and David Widger
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+ <p>
+ <br /> <br />
+ </p>
+ <h1>
+ THE LIFE OF <br /> CHRISTOPHER COLUMBUS <br /> <br /> FROM HIS OWN LETTERS
+ AND JOURNALS
+ </h1>
+ <p>
+ <br /> <br />
+ </p>
+ <h3>
+ AND <br /> OTHER DOCUMENTS OF HIS TIME.
+ </h3>
+ <p>
+ <br /> <br />
+ </p>
+ <h2>
+ by EDWARD EVERETT HALE,
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ <br /> <br />
+ </p>
+ <h4>
+ [This was originally done on the 400th Anniversary<br /> of 1492, as was
+ the great Columbian Exposition in Chicago.<br /> Interesting how our heroes
+ have all been de-canonized in the<br /> interest of Political Correctitude]<br />
+ <br /> &mdash;Comments by Michael S. Hart
+ </h4>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2H_PREF" id="link2H_PREF">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ PREFACE.
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ This book contains a life of Columbus, written with the hope of
+ interesting all classes of readers.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ His life has often been written, and it has sometimes been well written.
+ The great book of our countryman, Washington Irving, is a noble model of
+ diligent work given to a very difficult subject. And I think every person
+ who has dealt with the life of Columbus since Irving&rsquo;s time, has expressed
+ his gratitude and respect for the author.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ According to the custom of biographers, in that time and since, he
+ includes in those volumes the whole history of the West India islands, for
+ the period after Columbus discovered them till his death. He also thinks
+ it his duty to include much of the history of Spain and of the Spanish
+ court. I do not myself believe that it is wise to attempt, in a book of
+ biography, so considerable a study of the history of the time. Whether it
+ be wise or not, I have not attempted it in this book. I have rather
+ attempted to follow closely the personal fortunes of Christopher Columbus,
+ and, to the history around him, I have given only such space as seemed
+ absolutely necessary for the illustration of those fortunes.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ I have followed on the lines of his own personal narrative wherever we
+ have it. And where this is lost I have used the absolutely contemporary
+ authorities. I have also consulted the later writers, those of the next
+ generation and the generation which followed it. But the more one studies
+ the life of Columbus the more one feels sure that, after the greatness of
+ his discovery was really known, the accounts of the time were overlaid by
+ what modern criticism calls myths, which had grown up in the enthusiasm of
+ those who honored him, and which form no part of real history. If then the
+ reader fails to find some stories with which he is quite familiar in the
+ history, he must not suppose that they are omitted by accident, but must
+ give to the author of the book the credit of having used some discretion
+ in the choice of his authorities.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ When I visited Spain in 1882, I was favored by the officers of the Spanish
+ government with every facility for carrying my inquiry as far as a short
+ visit would permit. Since that time Mr. Harrisse has published his
+ invaluable volumes on the life of Columbus. It certainly seems as if every
+ document now existing, which bears upon the history, had been collated by
+ him. The reader will see that I have made full use of this treasure-house.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Congress of Americanistas, which meets every year, brings forward many
+ curious studies on the history of the continent, but it can scarcely be
+ said to have done much to advance our knowledge of the personal life of
+ Columbus.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The determination of the people of the United States to celebrate fitly
+ the great discovery which has advanced civilization and changed the face
+ of the world, makes it certain that a new interest has arisen in the life
+ of the great man to whom, in the providence of God, that discovery was
+ due. The author and publishers of this book offer it as their contribution
+ in the great celebration, with the hope that it may be of use, especially
+ in the direction of the studies of the young.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ EDWARD E. HALE.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ ROXBURY, MASS., June 1st, 1891.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <br /> <br />
+ </p>
+ <hr />
+ <p>
+ <br /> <br />
+ </p>
+ <blockquote>
+ <p class="toc">
+ <big><b>CONTENTS</b></big>
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <br />
+ </p>
+ <p class="toc">
+ <a href="#link2H_PREF"> PREFACE. </a>
+ </p>
+ <p class="toc">
+ <a href="#link2H_TOC"> DETAILED TABLE OF CONTENTS. </a>
+ </p>
+ <p class="toc">
+ <a href="#link2H_4_0002"> THE LIFE OF CHRISTOPHER COLUMBUS. </a>
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <br /><br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0001"> CHAPTER I.</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;
+ EARLY LIFE OF COLUMBUS. <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0002"> CHAPTER II.
+ </a>&nbsp;&nbsp; HIS PLANS FOR DISCOVERY. <br /><br /> <a
+ href="#link2HCH0003"> CHAPTER III. </a>&nbsp;&nbsp; THE GREAT VOYAGE.
+ <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0004"> CHAPTER IV. </a>&nbsp;&nbsp; THE
+ LANDING ON THE TWELFTH OF OCTOBER <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0005">
+ CHAPTER V. </a>&nbsp;&nbsp; LANDING ON CUBA <br /><br /> <a
+ href="#link2HCH0006"> CHAPTER VI. </a>&nbsp;&nbsp; DISCOVERY OF HAYTI OR
+ HISPANIOLA <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0007"> CHAPTER VII. </a>&nbsp;&nbsp;
+ COLUMBUS IS CALLED TO MEET THE KING AND QUEEN <br /><br /> <a
+ href="#link2HCH0008"> CHAPTER VIII. </a>&nbsp;&nbsp; THE SECOND
+ EXPEDITION SAILS <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0009"> CHAPTER IX. </a>&nbsp;&nbsp;
+ THE NEW COLONY <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0010"> CHAPTER X. </a>&nbsp;&nbsp;
+ THE THIRD VOYAGE. <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0011"> CHAPTER XI. </a>&nbsp;&nbsp;
+ SPAIN, 1500, 1501. <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0012"> CHAPTER XII. </a>&nbsp;&nbsp;
+ FOURTH VOYAGE. <br /><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0013"> CHAPTER XIII. </a>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+ TWO SAD YEARS <br /><br /><br /> <a href="#link2H_APPEa"> APPENDIX A.</a>
+ <br /> <br /> <a href="#link2H_SUMM"> SUMMARY.</a> <br /> <br /> <a
+ href="#link2H_APPEb"> APPENDIX B.</a> <br /> <br /> <a href="#link2H_APPEc">
+ APPENDIX C.</a>
+ </p>
+ </blockquote>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2H_TOC" id="link2H_TOC">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ DETAILED TABLE OF CONTENTS.
+ </h2>
+ <blockquote>
+ <p>
+ CHAPTER 1. EARLY LIFE OF COLUMBUS. <br /> His Birth and Birth-place&mdash;His
+ Early Education&mdash;His <br /> experience at Sea-His Marriage and
+ Residence in Lisbon&mdash; <br /> His Plans for the Discovery of a
+ Westward <br /> Passage to the Indies <br /> <br />CHAPTER II. HIS PLANS
+ FOR DISCOVERY. <br /> Columbus Leaves Lisbon, and Visits Genoa&mdash;Visits
+ Great <br /> Spanish Dukes&mdash;For Six Years is at the Court of
+ Ferdinand <br /> and Isabella&mdash;The Council of Salamanca&mdash;His
+ <br /> Petition is at Last Granted&mdash;Squadron Made Ready <br /> <br />CHAPTER
+ III. THE GREAT VOYAGE. <br /> The Squadron Sails&mdash;Refits at Canary
+ Islands&mdash;Hopes <br /> and Fears of the Voyage&mdash;The Doubts of
+ the Crew&mdash; <br /> Land Discovered <br /> <br />CHAPTER IV. <br /> The
+ Landing on the Twelfth of October&mdash;The Natives and <br /> their
+ Neighbors&mdash;Search for Gold-Cuba Discovered <br /> Columbus Coasts
+ Along its Shores <br /> <br />CHAPTER V. <br /> Landing on Cuba&mdash;The
+ Cigar and Tobacco&mdash;Cipango and <br /> the Great Khan&mdash;From Cuba
+ to Hayti&mdash;Its Shores and <br /> Harbors <br /> <br />CHAPTER VI. <br />
+ Discovery of Hayti or Hispaniola&mdash;The Search for Gold&mdash; <br />
+ Hospitality and Intelligence of the Natives&mdash;Christmas <br /> Day&mdash;A
+ Shipwreck&mdash;Colony to be Founded&mdash;Columbus <br /> Sails East and
+ Meets Martin Pinzon-The Two <br /> Vessels Return to Europe&mdash;Storm&mdash;The
+ Azores&mdash; <br /> Portugal&mdash;Home <br /> <br />CHAPTER VII. <br />
+ Columbus is Called to Meet the King and Queen&mdash;His <br />
+ Magnificent Reception&mdash;Negotiations with the Pope and <br /> with
+ the King of Portugal&mdash;Second Expedition Ordered <br /> &mdash;Fonseca&mdash;The
+ Preparations at Cadiz <br /> <br />CHAPTER VIII. <br /> The Second
+ Expedition Sails From Cadiz&mdash;Touches at <br /> Canary Islands&mdash;Discovery
+ of Dominica and Guadeloupe <br /> &mdash;Skirmishes with the Caribs&mdash;Porto
+ Rico Discovered <br /> &mdash;Hispaniola&mdash;The Fate of the Colony at
+ La Navidad <br /> <br />CHAPTER IX. <br /> The New Colony&mdash;Expeditions
+ of Discovery&mdash;Guacanagari&mdash; <br /> Search for Gold&mdash;Mutiny
+ in the Colony&mdash;The <br /> Vessels Sent Home&mdash;Columbus Marches
+ Inland&mdash; <br /> Collection of Gold&mdash;Fortress of St. Thomas&mdash;A
+ New Voyage <br /> of Discovery&mdash;Jamaica Visited&mdash;The South
+ Shore <br /> of Cuba Explored&mdash;Return&mdash;Evangelista Discovered
+ <br /> &mdash;Columbus Falls Sick&mdash;Return to Isabella <br /> <br />CHAPTER
+ X. THE THIRD VOYAGE. <br /> Letter to the King and Queen&mdash;Discovery
+ of Trinidad and <br /> Paria&mdash;Curious Speculation as to the Earthly
+ Paradise <br /> &mdash;Arrival at San Domingo&mdash;Rebellions and
+ Mutinies in <br /> that Island-Roldan and His Followers&mdash;Ojeda and
+ <br /> His Expedition&mdash;Arrival of Bobadilla&mdash;Columbus a <br />
+ Prisoner <br /> <br />CHAPTER XI. SPAIN, 1500, 1502. <br /> A Cordial
+ Reception in Spain&mdash;Columbus Favorably <br /> Received at Court&mdash;New
+ Interest in Geographical <br /> Discovery&mdash;His Plans for the
+ Redemption of the Holy <br /> Sepulchre&mdash;Preparations for a Fourth
+ Expedition <br /> <br />CHAPTER XII. FOURTH VOYAGE. <br /> The Instructions
+ Given for the Voyage&mdash;He is to go to <br /> the Mainland of the
+ Indies&mdash;A Short Passage&mdash;Ovando <br /> Forbids the Entrance of
+ Columbus into Harbor <br /> Bobadilla&rsquo;s Squadron and Its Fate&mdash;Columbus
+ Sails Westward <br /> &mdash;Discovers Honduras, and Coasts Along Its
+ Shores <br /> &mdash;The Search for Gold&mdash;Colony Attempted and
+ Abandoned <br /> &mdash;The Vessels Become Unseaworthy&mdash;Refuge at
+ <br /> Jamaica&mdash;Mutiny Led by the Brothers Porras&mdash;Messages
+ <br /> to San Domingo&mdash;The Eclipse&mdash;Arrival of Relief <br />
+ &mdash;Columbus Returns to San Domingo, and to Spain <br /> <br />CHAPTER
+ XIII. <br /> Two Sad Years&mdash;Isabella&rsquo;s Death&mdash;Columbus at
+ Seville&mdash; <br /> His Illness&mdash;Letters to the King&mdash;journeys
+ to Segovia <br /> &mdash;Salamanca and Valladolid&mdash;His Suit There&mdash;Philip
+ <br /> and Juana&mdash;Columbus Executes His Will&mdash;Dies&mdash;His
+ <br /> Burial and the Removal of His Body&mdash;His Portraits&mdash;
+ <br /> His Character
+ </p>
+ </blockquote>
+ <p>
+ <br /> <br />
+ </p>
+ <hr />
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2H_4_0002" id="link2H_4_0002">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> <br /> <br />
+ </p>
+ <h1>
+ THE LIFE OF <br /> <br /> CHRISTOPHER COLUMBUS.
+ </h1>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0001" id="link2HCH0001">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER I. &mdash; EARLY LIFE OF COLUMBUS.
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ HIS BIRTH AND BIRTH-PLACE&mdash;HIS EARLY EDUCATION&mdash;HIS EXPERIENCE
+ AT SEA&mdash;HIS MARRIAGE AND RESIDENCE IN LISBON&mdash;HIS PLANS FOR THE
+ DISCOVERY OF A WESTWARD PASSAGE TO THE INDIES.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Christopher Columbus was born in the Republic of Genoa. The honor of his
+ birth-place has been claimed by many villages in that Republic, and the
+ house in which he was born cannot be now pointed out with certainty. But
+ the best authorities agree that the children and the grown people of the
+ world have never been mistaken when they have said: &ldquo;America was
+ discovered in 1492 by Christopher Columbus, a native of Genoa.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ His name, and that of his family, is always written Colombo, in the
+ Italian papers which refer to them, for more than one hundred years before
+ his time. In Spain it was always written Colon; in France it is written as
+ Colomb; while in England it has always kept its Latin form, Columbus. It
+ has frequently been said that he himself assumed this form, because
+ Columba is the Latin word for &ldquo;Dove,&rdquo; with a fanciful feeling that, in
+ carrying Christian light to the West, he had taken the mission of the
+ dove. Thus, he had first found land where men thought there was ocean, and
+ he was the messenger of the Holy Spirit to those who sat in darkness. It
+ has also been assumed that he took the name of Christopher, &ldquo;the
+ Christ-bearer,&rdquo; for similar reasons. But there is no doubt that he was
+ baptized &ldquo;Christopher,&rdquo; and that the family name had long been Columbo.
+ The coincidences of name are but two more in a calendar in which poetry
+ delights, and of which history is full.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Christopher Columbus was the oldest son of Dominico Colombo and Suzanna
+ Fontanarossa. This name means Red-fountain. He bad two brothers,
+ Bartholomew and Diego, whom we shall meet again. Diego is the Spanish way
+ of writing the name which we call James.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It seems probable that Christopher was born in the year 1436, though some
+ writers have said that he was older than this, and some that he was
+ younger. The record of his birth and that of his baptism have not been
+ found.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ His father was not a rich man, but he was able to send Christopher, as a
+ boy, to the University of Pavia, and here he studied grammar, geometry,
+ geography and navigation, astronomy and the Latin language. But this was
+ as a boy studies, for in his fourteenth year he left the university and
+ entered, in hard work, on &ldquo;the larger college of the world.&rdquo; If the date
+ given above, of his birth, is correct, this was in the year 1450, a few
+ years before the Turks took Constantinople, and, in their invasion of
+ Europe, affected the daily life of everyone, young or old, who lived in
+ the Mediterranean countries. From this time, for fifteen years, it is hard
+ to trace along the life of Columbus. It was the life of an intelligent
+ young seaman, going wherever there was a voyage for him. He says himself,
+ &ldquo;I passed twenty-three years on the sea. I have seen all the Levant, all
+ the western coasts, and the North. I have seen England; I have often made
+ the voyage from Lisbon to the Guinea coast.&rdquo; This he wrote in a letter to
+ Ferdinand and Isabella. Again he says, &ldquo;I went to sea from the most tender
+ age and have continued in a sea life to this day. Whoever gives himself up
+ to this art wants to know the secrets of Nature here below. It is more
+ than forty years that I have been thus engaged. Wherever any one has
+ sailed, there I have sailed.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Whoever goes into the detail of the history of that century will come upon
+ the names of two relatives of his&mdash;Colon el Mozo (the Boy, or the
+ Younger) and his uncle, Francesco Colon, both celebrated sailors. The
+ latter of the two was a captain in the fleets of Louis XI of France, and
+ imaginative students may represent him as meeting Quentin Durward at
+ court. Christopher Columbus seems to have made several voyages under the
+ command of the younger of these relatives. He commanded the Genoese
+ galleys near Cyprus in a war which the Genoese had with the Venetians.
+ Between the years 1461 and 1463 the Genoese were acting as allies with
+ King John of Calabria, and Columbus had a command as captain in their navy
+ at that time.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;In 1477,&rdquo; he says, in one of his letters, &ldquo;in the month of February, I
+ sailed more than a hundred leagues beyond Tile.&rdquo; By this he means Thule,
+ or Iceland. &ldquo;Of this island the southern part is seventy-three degrees
+ from the equator, not sixty-three degrees, as some geographers pretend.&rdquo;
+ But here he was wrong. The Southern part of Iceland is in the latitude of
+ sixty-three and a half degrees. &ldquo;The English, chiefly those of Bristol,
+ carry their merchandise, to this island, which is as large as England.
+ When I was there the sea was not frozen, but the tides there are so strong
+ that they rise and fall twenty-six cubits.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The order of his life, after his visit to Iceland, is better known. He was
+ no longer an adventurous sailor-boy, glad of any voyage which offered; he
+ was a man thirty years of age or more. He married in the city of Lisbon
+ and settled himself there. His wife was named Philippa. She was the
+ daughter of an Italian gentleman named Bartolomeo Muniz de Perestrello,
+ who was, like Columbus, a sailor, and was alive to all the new interests
+ which geography then presented to all inquiring minds. This was in the
+ year 1477, and the King of Portugal was pressing the expeditions which,
+ before the end of the century, resulted in the discovery of the route to
+ the Indies by the Cape of Good Hope.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The young couple had to live. Neither the bride nor her husband had any
+ fortune, and Columbus occupied himself as a draftsman, illustrating books,
+ making terrestrial globes, which must have been curiously inaccurate,
+ since they had no Cape of Good Hope and no American Continent, drawing
+ charts for sale, and collecting, where he could, the material for such
+ study. Such charts and maps were beginning to assume new importance in
+ those days of geographical discovery. The value attached to them may be
+ judged from the statement that Vespucius paid one hundred and thirty
+ ducats for one map. This sum would be more than five hundred dollars of
+ our time.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus did not give up his maritime enterprises. He made voyages to the
+ coast of Guinea and in other directions.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It is said that he was in command of one of the vessels of his relative
+ Colon el Mozo, when, in the Portuguese seas, this admiral, with his
+ squadron, engaged four Venetian galleys returning from Flanders. A bloody
+ battle followed. The ship which Christopher Columbus commanded was engaged
+ with a Venetian vessel, to which it set fire. There was danger of an
+ explosion, and Columbus himself, seeing this danger, flung himself into
+ the sea, seized a floating oar, and thus gained the shore. He was not far
+ from Lisbon, and from this time made Lisbon his home for many years.(*)
+ </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+ (*) The critics challenge these dates, but there seems to be
+ good foundation for the story.
+</pre>
+ <p>
+ It seems clear that, from the time when he arrived in Lisbon, for more
+ than twenty years, he was at work trying to interest people in his &ldquo;great
+ design,&rdquo; of western discovery. He says himself, &ldquo;I was constantly
+ corresponding with learned men, some ecclesiastics and some laymen, some
+ Latin and some Greek, some Jews and some Moors.&rdquo; The astronomer Toscanelli
+ was one of these correspondents.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ We must not suppose that the idea of the roundness of the earth was
+ invented by Columbus. Although there were other theories about its shape,
+ many intelligent men well understood that the earth was a globe, and that
+ the Indies, though they were always reached from Europe by going to the
+ East, must be on the west of Europe also. There is a very funny story in
+ the travels of Mandeville, in which a traveler is represented as having
+ gone, mostly on foot, through all the countries of Asia, but finally
+ determines to return to Norway, his home. In his farthest eastern
+ investigation, he hears some people calling their cattle by a peculiar
+ cry, which he had never heard before. After he returned home, it was
+ necessary for him to take a day&rsquo;s journey westward to look after some
+ cattle he had lost. Finding these cattle, he also heard the same cry of
+ people calling cattle, which he had heard in the extreme East, and now
+ learned, for the first time, that he had gone round the world on foot, to
+ turn and come back by the same route, when he was only a day&rsquo;s journey
+ from home, Columbus was acquainted with such stories as this, and also had
+ the astronomical knowledge which almost made him know that the world was
+ round, &ldquo;and, like a ball, goes spinning in the air.&rdquo; The difficulty was to
+ persuade other people that, because of this roundness, it would be
+ possible to attain Asia by sailing to the West.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Now all the geographers of repute supposed that there was not nearly so
+ large a distance as there proved to be, in truth, between Europe and Asia.
+ Thus, in the geography of Ptolemy, which was the standard book at that
+ time, one hundred and thirty-five degrees, a little more than one-third of
+ the earth&rsquo;s circumference, is given to the space between the extreme
+ eastern part of the Indies and the Canary Islands. In fact, as we now
+ know, the distance is one hundred and eighty degrees, half the world&rsquo;s
+ circumference. Had Columbus believed there was any such immense distance,
+ he would never have undertaken his voyage.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Almost all the detailed knowledge of the Indies which the people of his
+ time had, was given by the explorations of Marco Polo, a Venetian traveler
+ of the thirteenth century, whose book had long been in the possession of
+ European readers. It is a very entertaining book now, and may well be
+ recommended to young people who like stories of adventure. Marco Polo had
+ visited the court of the Great Khan of Tartary at Pekin, the prince who
+ brought the Chinese Empire into very much the condition in which it now
+ is. He had, also, given accounts of Japan or Cipango, which he had himself
+ never visited. Columbus knew, therefore, that, well east of the Indies,
+ was the island of Cipango, and he aimed at that island, because he
+ supposed that that was the nearest point to Europe, as in fact it is. And
+ when finally he arrived at Cuba, as the reader will see, he thought he was
+ in Japan.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus&rsquo;s father-in-law had himself been the Portuguese governor of the
+ island of Porto Santo, where he had founded a colony. He, therefore, was
+ interested in western explorations, and probably from him Columbus
+ collected some of the statements which are known to have influenced him,
+ with regard to floating matters from the West, which are constantly borne
+ upon that island by the great currents of the sea.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The historians are fond of bringing together all the intimations which are
+ given in the Greek and Latin classics, and in later authors, with regard
+ to a land beyond Asia. Perhaps the most famous of them is that of Seneca,
+ &ldquo;In the later years there shall come days in which Ocean shall loose his
+ chains, and a great land shall appear . . . and Thule shall not be the
+ last of the worlds.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ In a letter which Toscanelli wrote to Columbus in 1474, he inclosed a copy
+ of a letter which he had already sent to an officer of Alphonso V, the
+ King of Portugal. In writing to Columbus, he says, &ldquo;I see that you have a
+ great and noble desire to go into that country (of the East) where the
+ spices come from, and in reply to your letter I send you a copy of that
+ which I addressed some years ago to my attached friend in the service of
+ the most serene King of Portugal. He had an order from his Highness to
+ write me on this subject. . . . If I had a globe in my hand, I could show
+ you what is needed. But I prefer to mark out the route on a chart like a
+ marine chart, which will be an assistance to your intelligence and
+ enterprise. On this chart I have myself drawn the whole extremity of our
+ western shore from Ireland as far down as the coast of Guinea toward the
+ South, with all the islands which are to be found on this route. Opposite
+ this (that is, the shores of Ireland and Africa) I have placed directly at
+ the West the beginning of the Indies with the islands and places where you
+ will land. You will see for yourself how many miles you must keep from the
+ arctic pole toward the equator, and at what distance you will arrive at
+ these regions so fertile and productive of spices and precious stones.&rdquo; In
+ Toscanelli&rsquo;s letter, he not only indicates Japan, but, in the middle of
+ the ocean, he places the island of Antilia. This old name afterwards gave
+ the name by which the French still call the West Indies, Les Antilles.
+ Toscanelli gives the exact distance which Columbus will have to sail:
+ &ldquo;From Lisbon to the famous city of Quisay (Hang-tcheou-fou, then the
+ capital of China) if you take the direct route toward the West, the
+ distance will be thirty-nine hundred miles. And from Antilia to Japan it
+ will be two hundred and twenty-five leagues.&rdquo; Toscanelli says again, &ldquo;You
+ see that the voyage that you wish to attempt is much legs difficult than
+ would be thought. You would be sure of this if you met as many people as I
+ do who have been in the country of spices.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ While there were so many suggestions made that it would be possible to
+ cross the Atlantic, there was one man who determined to do this. This man
+ was Christopher Columbus. But he knew well that he could not do it alone.
+ He must have money enough for an expedition, he must have authority to
+ enlist crews for that expedition, and he must have power to govern those
+ crews when they should arrive in the Indies. In our times such adventures
+ have been conducted by mercantile corporations, but in those times no one
+ thought of doing any such thing without the direct assistance and support
+ of some monarch.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It is easy now to see and to say that Columbus himself was singularly well
+ fitted to take the charge of the expedition of discovery. He was an
+ excellent sailor and at the same time he was a learned geographer and a
+ good mathematician. He was living in Portugal, the kings of which country
+ had, for many years, fostered the exploration of the coast of Africa, and
+ were pushing expeditions farther and farther South.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ In doing this, they were, in a fashion, making new discoveries. For Europe
+ was wholly ignorant of the western coast of Africa, beyond the Canaries,
+ when their expeditions began. But all men of learning knew that, five
+ hundred years before the Christian era, Hanno, a Carthaginian, had sailed
+ round Africa under the direction of the senate of Carthage. The efforts of
+ the King of Portugal were to repeat the voyage made by Hanno. In 1441,
+ Gonzales and Tristam sailed as far as Sierra Leone. They brought back some
+ blacks as slaves, and this was the beginning of the slave trade.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ In 1446 the Portuguese took possession of the Azores, the most western
+ points of the Old World. Step by step they advanced southward, and became
+ familiar with the African coast. Bold navigators were eager to find the
+ East, and at last success came. Under the king&rsquo;s orders, in August, 1477,
+ three caravels sailed from the Tagus, under Bartolomeo Diaz, for southern
+ discovery. Diaz was himself brave enough to be willing to go on to the Red
+ Sea, after he made the great discovery of the Cape of Good Hope, but his
+ crews mutinied, after he had gone much farther than his predecessors, and
+ compelled him to return. He passed the southern cape of Africa and went
+ forty miles farther. He called it the Cape of Torments, &ldquo;Cabo Tormentoso,&rdquo;
+ so terrible were the storms he met there. But when King John heard his
+ report he gave it that name of good omen which it has borne ever since,
+ the name of the &ldquo;Cape of Good Hope.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ In the midst of such endeavors to reach the East Indies by the long voyage
+ down the coast of Africa and across an unknown ocean, Columbus was urging
+ all people who cared, to try the route directly west. If the world was
+ round, as the sun and moon were, and as so many men of learning believed,
+ India or the Indies must be to the west of Portugal. The value of direct
+ trade with the Indies would be enormous. Europe had already acquired a
+ taste for the spices of India and had confidence in the drugs of India.
+ The silks and other articles of clothing made in India, and the carpets of
+ India, were well known and prized. Marco Polo and others had given an
+ impression that there was much gold in India; and the pearls and precious
+ stones of India excited the imagination of all who read his travels.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The immense value of such a commerce may be estimated from one fact. When,
+ a generation after this time, one ship only of all the squadron of
+ Magellan returned to Cadiz, after the first voyage round the world, she
+ was loaded with spices from the Moluccas. These spices were sold by the
+ Spanish government for so large a sum of money that the king was
+ remunerated for the whole cost of the expedition, and even made a very
+ large profit from a transaction which had cost a great deal in its outfit.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus was able, therefore, to offer mercantile adventurers the promise
+ of great profit in case of success; and at this time kings were willing to
+ take their share of such profits as might accrue.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The letter of Toscanelli, the Italian geographer, which has been spoken
+ of, was addressed to Alphonso V, the King of Portugal. To him and his
+ successor, John the Second, Columbus explained the probability of success,
+ and each of them, as it would seem, had confidence in it. But King John
+ made the great mistake of intrusting Columbus&rsquo;s plan to another person for
+ experiment. He was selfish enough, and mean enough, to fit out a ship
+ privately and intrust its command to another seaman, bidding him sail west
+ in search of the Indies, while he pretended that he was on a voyage to the
+ Cape de Verde Islands. He was, in fact, to follow the route indicated by
+ Columbus. The vessel sailed. But, fortunately for the fame of Columbus,
+ she met a terrible storm, and her officers, in terror, turned from the
+ unknown ocean and returned to Lisbon. Columbus himself tells this story.
+ It was in disgust with the bad faith the king showed in this transaction
+ that he left Lisbon to offer his great project to the King and Queen of
+ Spain.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ In a similar way, a generation afterward, Magellan, who was in the service
+ of the King of Portugal, was disgusted by insults which he received at his
+ court, and exiled himself to Spain. He offered to the Spanish king his
+ plan for sailing round the world and it was accepted. He sailed in a
+ Spanish fleet, and to his discoveries Spain owes the possession of the
+ Philippine Islands. Twice, therefore, did kings of Portugal lose for
+ themselves, their children and their kingdom, the fame and the recompense
+ which belong to such great discoveries.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The wife of Columbus had died and he was without a home. He left Lisbon
+ with his only son, Diego, in or near the end of the year 1484.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0002" id="link2HCH0002">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER II. &mdash; HIS PLANS FOR DISCOVERY.
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ COLUMBUS LEAVES LISBON, AND VISITS GENOA&mdash;VISITS GREAT SPANISH DUKES&mdash;FOR
+ SIX YEARS IS AT THE COURT OF FERDINAND AND ISABELLA&mdash;THE COUNCIL OF
+ SALAMANCA&mdash;HIS PETITION IS AT LAST GRANTED&mdash;SQUADRON MADE READY.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It has been supposed that when Columbus left Lisbon he was oppressed by
+ debts. At a subsequent period, when King John wanted to recall him, he
+ offered to protect him against any creditors. But on the other hand, it is
+ thought that at this time he visited Genoa, and made some provision for
+ the comfort of his father, who was now an old man. Christopher Columbus,
+ himself, according to the usual opinion regarding his birth, was now
+ almost fifty years old.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It is probable that at this time he urged on his countrymen, the Genoese,
+ the importance of his great plan; and tried to interest them to make the
+ great endeavor, for the purpose of reaching the Indies by a western route.
+ As it proved, the discovery of the route by the Cape of Good Hope was,
+ commercially, a great injury to Genoa and the other maritime cities of
+ Italy. Before this time, the eastern trade of Europe came by the ports of
+ the eastern Mediterranean, and the Italian cities. Columbus&rsquo;s offer to
+ Genoa was therefore one which, if her statesmen could have foreseen the
+ future, they would have considered eagerly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ But Genoa was greatly depressed at this period. In her wars with the Turks
+ she had been, on the whole, not successful. She had lost Caffa, her
+ station in the Crimea, and her possessions in the Archipelago were
+ threatened. The government did not accept Columbus&rsquo;s proposals, and he was
+ obliged to return with them to Spain. He went first to distinguished
+ noblemen, in the South of Spain, who were of liberal and adventurous
+ disposition. One was the Duke of Medina Celi, and one the Duke of Medina
+ Sidonia. Each of these grandees entertained him at their courts, and heard
+ his proposals.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Duke of Medina Celi was so much interested in them, that at one time
+ he proposed to give Columbus the direction of four vessels which he had in
+ the harbor of Cadiz. But, of a sudden, he changed his mind. The enterprise
+ was so vast, he said, that it should be under the direction of the crown.
+ And, without losing confidence in it, he gave to Columbus an introduction
+ to the king and queen, in which he cordially recommended him to their
+ patronage.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ This king and queen were King Ferdinand of Aragon, and Queen Isabella of
+ Castile. The marriage of these two had united Spain. Their affection for
+ each other made the union real, and the energy, courage and wisdom of both
+ made their reign successful and glorious. Of all its glories the greatest,
+ as it has proved, was connected with the life and discoveries of the
+ sailor who was now to approach them. He had been disloyally treated by
+ Portugal, he had been dismissed by Genoa. He had not succeeded with the
+ great dukes. Now he was to press his adventure upon a king and queen who
+ were engaged in a difficult war with the Moors, who still held a
+ considerable part of the peninsula of Spain.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The king and queen were residing at Cordova, a rich and beautiful city,
+ which they had taken from the Moors. Under their rule Cordova had been the
+ most important seat of learning in Europe. Here Columbus tarried at the
+ house of Alonso de Quintinilla, who became an ardent convert to his
+ theory, and introduced him to important friends. By their agency,
+ arrangements were made, in which Columbus should present his views to the
+ king. The time was not such as he could have wished. All Cordova was alive
+ with the preparation for a great campaign against the enemy. But King
+ Ferdinand made arrangements to hear Columbus; it does not appear that, at
+ the first hearing, Isabella was present at the interview. But Ferdinand,
+ although in the midst of his military cares, was interested in the
+ proposals made by Columbus. He liked the man. He was pleased by the
+ modesty and dignity with which he brought forward his proposals. Columbus
+ spoke, as he tells us, as one specially appointed by God Himself to carry
+ out this discovery. The king did not, however, at once adopt the scheme,
+ but gave out that a council of men of learning should be called together
+ to consider it.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus himself says that he entered the service of the sovereigns
+ January 26, 1486. The council to which he was referred was held in the
+ university city of Salamanca, in that year. It gave to him a full
+ opportunity to explain his theory. It consisted of a fair representation
+ of the learning of the time. But most of the men who met had formed their
+ opinions on the subjects involved, and were too old to change them. A part
+ of them were priests of the church, in the habit of looking to sacred
+ Scripture as their only authority, when the pope had given no instruction
+ in detail. Of these some took literally expressions in the Old Testament,
+ which they supposed to be fatal to the plans of Columbus. Such was the
+ phrase in the 104th Psalm, that God stretches out the heavens like a
+ curtain. The expression in the book of Hebrews, that the heavens are
+ extended as a tent, was also quoted, in the same view.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Quotations from the early Fathers of the church were more fatal to the new
+ plan than those from the Scripture.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On the other hand there were men who cordially supported Columbus&rsquo;s
+ wishes, and there were more when the congress parted than when it met. Its
+ sessions occupied a considerable part of the summer, but it was not for
+ years that it rendered any decision.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The king, queen and court, meanwhile, were occupied in war with the Moors.
+ Columbus was once and again summoned to attend the court, and more than
+ once money was advanced to him to enable him to do so. Once he began new
+ negotiations with King John, and from him he received a letter inviting
+ him to return to Portugal. He received a similar letter from King Henry
+ VII of England inviting him to his court. Nothing was determined on in
+ Spain. To this day, the people of that country are thought to have a habit
+ of postponement to tomorrow of that which perplexes them. In 1489,
+ according to Ortiz de Zuniga, Columbus fought in battle in the king&rsquo;s
+ army.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ When, however, in the winter of 1490, it was announced that the army was
+ to take the field again, never to leave its camp till Grenada had fallen,
+ Columbus felt that he must make one last endeavor. He insisted that he
+ must have an answer regarding his plans of discovery. The confessor of the
+ queen, Fernando da Talavera, was commanded to obtain the definite answer
+ of the men of learning. Alas! it was fatal to Columbus&rsquo;s hopes. They said
+ that it was not right that great princes should undertake such enterprises
+ on grounds as weak as those which he relied upon.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The sovereigns themselves, however, were more favorable; so was a minority
+ of the council of Salamanca. And the confessor was instructed to tell him
+ that their expenses in the war forbade them from sending him out as a
+ discoverer, but that, when that was well over, they had hopes that they
+ might commission him. This was the end of five years of solicitation, in
+ which he had put his trust in princes. Columbus regarded the answer, as
+ well he might, as only a courtly measure of refusal. And he retired in
+ disgust from the court at Seville.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He determined to lay his plans before the King of France. He was traveling
+ with this purpose, with his son, Diego, now a boy of ten or twelve years
+ of age, when he arrived at night at the hospitable convent of Saint Mary
+ of Rabida, which has been made celebrated by that incident. It is about
+ three miles south of what was then the seaport of Palos, one of the active
+ ports of commercial Spain. The convent stands on level ground high above
+ the sea; but a steep road runs down to the shore of the ocean. Some of its
+ windows and corridors look out upon the ocean on the west and south, and
+ the inmates still show the room in which Columbus used to write, and the
+ inkstand which served his purposes while he lived there. It is maintained
+ as a monument of history by the Spanish government.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ At the door of this convent he asked for bread and water for his boy. The
+ prior of the convent was named Juan Perez de Marchena. He was attracted by
+ the appearance of Columbus, still more by his conversation, and invited
+ him to remain as their guest.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ When he learned that his new friend was about to offer to France the
+ advantages of a discovery so great as that proposed, he begged him to make
+ one effort more at home. He sent for some friends, Fernandos, a physician
+ at Palos, and for the brothers Pinzon, who now appear for the first time
+ in a story where their part is distinguished. Together they all persuaded
+ Columbus to send one messenger more to wait upon their sovereigns. The man
+ sent was Rodriguez, a pilot of Lepe, who found access to the queen because
+ Juan Perez, the prior, had formerly been her confessor. She had confidence
+ in him, as she had, indeed, in Columbus. And in fourteen days the friendly
+ pilot came back from Santa Fe with a kind letter from the queen to her
+ friend, bidding him return at once to court. Perez de Marchena saddled his
+ mule at once and before midnight was on his way to see his royal mistress.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Santa Fe was half camp, half city. It had been built in what is called the
+ Vega, the great fruitful plain which extends for many miles to the
+ westward of Grenada. The court and army were here as they pressed their
+ attack on that city. Perez de Marchena had ready access to Queen Isabella,
+ and pressed his suit well. He was supported by one of her favorites, the
+ Marquesa de Moya. In reply to their solicitations, she asked that Columbus
+ should return to her, and ordered that twenty thousand maravedis should be
+ sent to him for his traveling expenses.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ This sum was immediately sent by Perez to his friend. Columbus bought a
+ mule, exchanged his worn clothes for better ones, and started, as he was
+ bidden, for the camp.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He arrived there just after the great victory, by which the king and queen
+ had obtained their wish&mdash;had taken the noble city of Grenada and
+ ended Moorish rule in Spain. King, queen, court and army were preparing to
+ enter the Alhambra in triumph. Whoever tries to imagine the scene, in
+ which the great procession entered through the gates, so long sealed, or
+ of the moment when the royal banner of Spain was first flying out upon the
+ Tower of the Vela, must remember that Columbus, elate, at last, with hopes
+ for his own great discovery, saw the triumph and joined in the display.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ But his success was not immediate, even now. Fernando de Talavera, who had
+ had the direction of the wise council of Salamanca, was now Archbishop of
+ Grenada, whose see had been conferred on him after the victory. He was not
+ the friend of Columbus. And when, at what seemed the final interview with
+ king and queen, he heard Columbus claim the right to one-tenth of all the
+ profits of the enterprise, he protested against such lavish recompense of
+ an adventurer. He was now the confessor of Isabella, as Juan Perez, the
+ friendly prior, had been before. Columbus, however, was proud and firm. He
+ would not yield to the terms prepared by the archbishop. He preferred to
+ break off the negotiation, and again retired from court. He determined, as
+ he had before, to lay his plans before the King of France.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Spain would have lost the honor and the reward of the great discovery, as
+ Portugal and Genoa had lost them, but for Luis de St. Angel, and the queen
+ herself. St. Angel had been the friend of Columbus. He was an important
+ officer, the treasurer of the church revenues of Aragon. He now insisted
+ upon an audience from the queen. It would seem that Ferdinand, though King
+ of Aragon, was not present. St. Angel spoke eloquently. The friendly
+ Marchioness of Moya spoke eagerly and persuasively. Isabella was at last
+ fired with zeal. Columbus should go, and the enterprise should be hers.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It is here that the incident belongs, represented in the statue by Mr.
+ Mead, and that of Miss Hosmer. The sum required for the discovery of a
+ world was only three thousand crowns. Two vessels were all that Columbus
+ asked for, with the pay of their crews. But where were three thousand
+ crowns? The treasury was empty, and the king was now averse to any action.
+ It was at this moment that Isabella said, &ldquo;The enterprise is mine, for the
+ Crown of Castile. I pledge my jewels for the funds.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The funds were in fact advanced by St. Angel, from the ecclesiastical
+ revenues under his control. They were repaid from the gold brought in the
+ first voyage. But, always afterward, Isabella regarded the Indies as a
+ Castilian possession. The most important officers in its administration,
+ indeed most of the emigrants, were always from Castile.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus, meanwhile, was on his way back to Palos, on his mule, alone. But
+ at a bridge, still pointed out, a royal courier overtook him, bidding him
+ return. The spot has been made the scene of more than one picture, which
+ represents the crisis, in which the despair of one moment changed to the
+ glad hope which was to lead to certainty.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He returned to Isabella for the last time, before that great return in
+ which he came as a conqueror, to display to her the riches of the New
+ World. The king yielded a slow and doubtful assent. Isabella took the
+ enterprise in her own hands. She and Columbus agreed at once, and articles
+ were drawn up which gave him the place of admiral for life on all lands he
+ might discover; gave him one-tenth of all pearls, precious stones, gold,
+ silver, spices and other merchandise to be obtained in his admiralty, and
+ gave him the right to nominate three candidates from whom the governor of
+ each province should be selected by the crown. He was to be the judge of
+ all disputes arising from such traffic as was proposed; and he was to have
+ one-eighth part of the profit, and bear one-eighth part of the cost of it.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ With this glad news he returned at once to Palos. The Pinzons, who had
+ been such loyal friends, were to take part in the enterprise. He carried
+ with him a royal order, commanding the people of Palos to fit out two
+ caravels within ten days, and to place them and their crews at the
+ disposal of Columbus. The third vessel proposed was to be fitted out by
+ him and his friends. The crews were to be paid four months&rsquo; wages in
+ advance, and Columbus was to have full command, to do what he chose, if he
+ did not interfere with the Portuguese discoveries.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On the 23rd of May, Columbus went to the church of San Giorgio in Palos,
+ with his friend, the prior of St. Mary&rsquo;s convent, and other important
+ people, and the royal order was read with great solemnity:
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ But it excited at first only indignation or dismay. The expedition was
+ most unpopular. Sailors refused to enlist, and the authorities, who had
+ already offended the crown, so that they had to furnish these vessels, as
+ it were, as a fine, refused to do what they were bidden. Other orders from
+ Court were necessary. But it seems to have been the courage and
+ determination of the Pinzons which carried the preparations through. After
+ weeks had been lost, Martin Alonso Pinzon and his brothers said they would
+ go in person on the expedition. They were well-known merchants and seamen,
+ and were much respected. Sailors were impressed, by the royal authority,
+ and the needful stores were taken in the same way. It seems now strange
+ that so much difficulty should have surrounded an expedition in itself so
+ small. But the plan met then all the superstition, terror and other
+ prejudice of the time.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ All that Columbus asked or needed was three small vessels and their stores
+ and crews. The largest ships engaged were little larger than the large
+ yachts, whose races every summer delight the people of America. The
+ Gallega and the Pinta were the two largest. They were called caravels, a
+ name then given to the smallest three-masted vessels. Columbus once uses
+ it for a vessel of forty tons; but it generally applied in Portuguese or
+ Spanish use to a vessel, ranging one hundred and twenty to one hundred and
+ forty Spanish &ldquo;toneles.&rdquo; This word represents a capacity about one-tenth
+ larger than that expressed by our English &ldquo;ton.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The reader should remember that most of the commerce of the time was the
+ coasting commerce of the Mediterranean, and that it was not well that the
+ ships should draw much water. The fleet of Columbus, as it sailed,
+ consisted of the Gallega (the Galician), of which he changed the name to
+ the Santa Maria, and of the Pinta and the Nina. Of these the first two
+ were of a tonnage which we should rate as about one hundred and thirty
+ tons. The Nina was much smaller, not more than fifty tons. One writer says
+ that they were all without full decks, that is, that such decks as they
+ had did not extend from stem to stern. But the other authorities speak as
+ if the Nina only was an open vessel, and the two larger were decked.
+ Columbus himself took command of the Santa Maria, Martin Alonso Pinzon of
+ the Pinta, and his brothers, Francis Martin and Vicente Yanez, of the
+ Nina. The whole company in all three ships numbered one hundred and twenty
+ men.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Mr. Harrisse shows that the expense to the crown amounted to 1,140,000
+ maravedis. This, as he counts it, is about sixty-four thousand dollars of
+ our money. To this Columbus was to add one-eighth of the cost. His
+ friends, the Pinzons, seem to have advanced this, and to have been
+ afterwards repaid. Las Casas and Herrera both say that the sum thus added
+ was much more than one-eighth of the cost and amounted to half a million
+ maravedis.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0003" id="link2HCH0003">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER III. &mdash; THE GREAT VOYAGE.
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ THE SQUADRON SAILS&mdash;REFITS AT CANARY ISLANDS&mdash;HOPES AND FEARS OF
+ THE VOYAGE&mdash;THE DOUBTS OF THE CREW&mdash;LAND DISCOVERED.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ At last all was ready. That is to say, the fleet was so far ready that
+ Columbus was ready to start. The vessels were small, as we think of
+ vessels, but he was not dissatisfied. He says in the beginning of his
+ journal, &ldquo;I armed three vessels very fit for such an enterprise.&rdquo; He had
+ left Grenada as late as the twelfth of May. He had crossed Spain to
+ Palos,(*) and in less than three months had fitted out the ships and was
+ ready for sea.
+ </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+ (*) Palos is now so insignificant a place that on some
+ important maps of Spain it will not be found. It is on the
+ east side of the Tinto river; and Huelva, on the west side,
+ has taken its place.
+</pre>
+ <p>
+ The harbor of Palos is now ruined. Mud and gravel, brought down by the
+ River Tinto, have filled up the bay, so that even small boats cannot
+ approach the shore. The traveler finds, however, the island of Saltes,
+ quite outside the bay, much as Columbus left it. It is a small spit of
+ sand, covered with shells and with a few seashore herbs. His own account
+ of the great voyage begins with the words:
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Friday, August 3, 1492. Set sail from the bar of Saltes at 8 o&rsquo;clock, and
+ proceeded with a strong breeze till sunset sixty miles, or fifteen leagues
+ south, afterward southwest and south by west, which is in the direction of
+ the Canaries.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It appears, therefore, that the great voyage, the most important and
+ successful ever made, began on Friday, the day which is said to be so much
+ disliked by sailors. Columbus never alludes to this superstition.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He had always meant to sail first for the Canaries, which were the most
+ western land then known in the latitude of his voyage. From Lisbon to the
+ famous city of &ldquo;Quisay,&rdquo; or &ldquo;Quinsay,&rdquo; in Asia, Toscanelli, his learned
+ correspondent, supposed the distance to be less than one thousand leagues
+ westward. From the Canary islands, on that supposition, the distance would
+ be ten degrees less. The distance to Cipango, or Japan, would be much
+ less.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ As it proved, the squadron had to make some stay at the Canaries. The
+ rudder of the Pinta was disabled, and she proved leaky. It was suspected
+ that the owners, from whom she had been forcibly taken, had intentionally
+ disabled her, or that possibly the crew had injured her. But Columbus says
+ in his journal that Martin Alonso Pinzon, captain of the Pinta, was a man
+ of capacity and courage, and that this quieted his apprehensions. From the
+ ninth of August to the second of September, nearly four weeks were spent
+ by the Pinta and her crew at the Grand Canary island, and she was
+ repaired. She proved afterwards a serviceable vessel, the fastest of the
+ fleet. At the Canaries they heard stories of lands seen to the westward,
+ to which Columbus refers in his journal. On the sixth of September they
+ sailed from Gomera and on the eighth they lost sight of land. Nor did they
+ see land again for thirty-three days. Such was the length of the great
+ voyage. All the time, most naturally, they were wishing for signs, not of
+ land perhaps, but which might show whether this great ocean were really
+ different from other seas. On the whole the voyage was not a dangerous
+ one.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ According to the Admiral&rsquo;s reckoning&mdash;and in his own journal Columbus
+ always calls himself the Admiral&mdash;its length was one thousand and
+ eighty-nine leagues. This was not far from right, the real distance being,
+ in a direct line, three thousand one hundred and forty nautical miles, or
+ three thousand six hundred and twenty statute miles.(*) It would not be
+ considered a very long voyage for small vessels now. In general the course
+ was west. Sometimes, for special reasons, they sailed south of west. If
+ they had sailed precisely west they would have struck the shore of the
+ United States a little north of the spot where St. Augustine now is, about
+ the northern line of Florida.
+ </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+ (*) The computations from Santa Cruz, in the Canaries, to
+ San Salvador give this result, as kindly made for us by
+ Lieutenant Mozer, of the United States navy.
+</pre>
+ <p>
+ Had the coast of Asia been, indeed, as near as Toscanelli and Columbus
+ supposed, this latitude of the Canary islands would have been quite near
+ the mouth of the Yang-tse-Kiang river, in China, which was what Columbus
+ was seeking. For nearly a generation afterwards he and his followers
+ supposed that the coast of that region was what they had found.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It was on Saturday, the eighth of September, that they lost sight of
+ Teneriffe. On the eleventh they saw a large piece of the mast of a ship
+ afloat. On the fourteenth they saw a &ldquo;tropic-bird,&rdquo; which the sailors
+ thought was never seen more than twenty-five leagues from land; but it
+ must be remembered, that, outside of the Mediterranean, few of the sailors
+ had ever been farther themselves. On the sixteenth they began to meet
+ &ldquo;large patches of weeds, very green, which appeared to have been recently
+ washed away from land.&rdquo; This was their first knowledge of the &ldquo;Sargasso
+ sea,&rdquo; a curious tract in mid-Atlantic which is always green with floating
+ seaweeds. &ldquo;The continent we shall find farther on,&rdquo; wrote the confident
+ Admiral.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ An observation of the sun on the seventeenth proved what had been
+ suspected before, that the needles of the compasses were not pointing
+ precisely to the north. The variation of the needle, since that time, has
+ been a recognized fact. But this observation at so critical a time first
+ disclosed it. The crew were naturally alarmed. Here was evidence that, in
+ the great ocean, common laws were not to be relied upon. But they had
+ great respect for Columbus&rsquo;s knowledge of such subjects. He told them that
+ it was not the north which had changed, nor the needle, which was true to
+ the north, but the polar star revolved, like other stars, and for the time
+ they were satisfied.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The same day they saw weeds which he was sure were land weeds. From them
+ he took a living crab, whose unintentional voyage eastward was a great
+ encouragement to the bolder adventurer westward. Columbus kept the crab,
+ saying that such were never found eighty leagues from land. In fact this
+ poor crab was at least nine hundred and seventy leagues from the Bahamas,
+ as this same journal proves. On the eighteenth the Pinta ran ahead of the
+ other vessels, Martin Alonso was so sure that he should reach land that
+ night. But it was not to come so soon.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus every day announced to his crew a less distance as the result of
+ the day than they had really sailed. For he was afraid of their distrust,
+ and did not dare let them know how far they were from home. The private
+ journal, therefore, has such entries as this, &ldquo;Sailed more than fifty-five
+ leagues, wrote down only forty-eight.&rdquo; That is, he wrote on the daily log,
+ which was open to inspection, a distance some leagues less than they had
+ really made.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On the twentieth pelicans are spoken of, on the twenty-first &ldquo;such
+ abundance of weeds that the ocean seemed covered with them,&rdquo; &ldquo;the sea
+ smooth as a river, and the finest air in the world. Saw a whale, an
+ indication of land, as they always keep near the coast.&rdquo; To later times,
+ this note, also, shows how ignorant Columbus then was of mid-ocean.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On the twenty-second, to the Admiral&rsquo;s relief, there was a head wind; for
+ the crew began to think that with perpetual east winds they would never
+ return to Spain. They had been in what are known as the trade winds. On
+ the twenty-third the smoother water gave place to a rough sea, and he
+ writes that this &ldquo;was favorable to me, as it happened formerly to Moses
+ when he led the Jews from Egypt.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The next day, thanks to the headwinds, their progress was less. On the
+ twenty-fifth, Pinzon, of the Pinta, felt sure that they were near the
+ outer islands of Asia as they appeared on the Toscanelli map, and at
+ sunset called out with joy that he saw land, claiming a reward for such
+ news. The crews of both vessels sang &ldquo;Glory to God in the highest,&rdquo; and
+ the crew of the little Nina were sure that the bank was land. On this
+ occasion they changed from a western course to the southwest. But alas!
+ the land was a fog-bank and the reward never came to Martin Pinzon. On the
+ twenty-sixth, again &ldquo;the sea was like a river.&rdquo; This was Wednesday. In
+ three days they sailed sixty-nine leagues. Saturday was calm. They saw a
+ bird called &ldquo;&lsquo;Rabihorcado,&rsquo; which never alights at sea, nor goes twenty
+ leagues from land,&rdquo; wrote the confident Columbus; &ldquo;Nothing is wanting but
+ the singing of the nightingale,&rdquo; he says.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Sunday, the thirtieth, brought &ldquo;tropic-birds&rdquo; again, &ldquo;a very clear sign of
+ land.&rdquo; Monday the journal shows them seven hundred and seven leagues from
+ Ferro. Tuesday a white gull was the only visitor. Wednesday they had
+ pardelas and great quantities of seaweed. Columbus began to be sure that
+ they had passed &ldquo;the islands&rdquo; and were nearing the continent of Asia.
+ Thursday they had a flock of pardelas, two pelicans, a rabihorcado and a
+ gull. Friday, the fifth of October, brought pardelas and flying-fishes.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ We have copied these simple intimations from the journal to show how
+ constantly Columbus supposed that he was near the coast of Asia. On the
+ sixth of October Pinzon asked that the course might be changed to the
+ southwest. But Columbus held on. On the seventh the Nina was ahead, and
+ fired a gun and hoisted her flag in token that she saw land. But again
+ they were disappointed. Columbus gave directions to keep close order at
+ sunrise and sunset. The next day he did change the course to west
+ southwest, following flights of birds from the north which went in that
+ direction. On the eighth &ldquo;the sea was like the river at Seville,&rdquo; the
+ weeds were very few and they took land birds on board the ships. On the
+ ninth they sailed southwest five leagues, and then with a change of wind
+ went west by north. All night they heard the birds of passage passing.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On the tenth of October the men made remonstrance, which has been
+ exaggerated in history into a revolt. It is said, in books of authority,
+ that Columbus begged them to sail west only three days more. But in the
+ private journal of the tenth he says simply: &ldquo;The seamen complained of the
+ length of the voyage. They did not wish to go any farther. The Admiral did
+ his best to renew their courage, and reminded them of the profits which
+ would come to them. He added, boldly, that no complaints would change his
+ purpose, that he had set out to go to the Indies, and that with the Lord&rsquo;s
+ assistance he should keep on until he came there.&rdquo; This is the only
+ passage in the journal which has any resemblance to the account of the
+ mutiny.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ If it happened, as Oviedo says, three days before the discovery, it would
+ have been on the eighth of October. On that day the entry is, &ldquo;Steered
+ west southwest, and sailed day and night eleven or twelve leagues&mdash;at
+ times, during the night, fifteen miles an hour&mdash;if the log can be
+ relied upon. Found the sea like the river at Seville, thanks to God. The
+ air was as soft as that of Seville in April, and so fragrant that it was
+ delicious to breathe it. The weeds appeared very fresh. Many land birds,
+ one of which they took, flying towards the southwest, also grajaos, ducks
+ and a pelican were seen.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ This is not the account of a mutiny. And the discovery of Columbus&rsquo;s own
+ journal makes that certain, which was probable before, that the romantic
+ account of the despair of the crews was embroidered on the narrative after
+ the event, and by people who wanted to improve the story. It was, perhaps,
+ borrowed from a story of Diaz&rsquo;s voyage. We have followed the daily record
+ to show how constantly they supposed, on the other hand, that they were
+ always nearing land.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ With the eleventh of October, came certainty. The eleventh is sometimes
+ spoken of as the day of discovery, and sometimes the twelfth, when they
+ landed on the first island of the new world.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The whole original record of the discovery is this: &ldquo;Oct. 11, course to
+ west and southwest. Heavier sea than they had known, pardelas and a green
+ branch near the caravel of the Admiral. From the Pinta they see a branch
+ of a tree, a stake and a smaller stake, which they draw in, and which
+ appears to have been cut with iron, and a piece of cane. Besides these,
+ there is a land shrub and a little bit of board. The crew of the Nina saw
+ other signs of land and a branch covered with thorns and flowers. With
+ these tokens every-one breathes again and is delighted. They sail
+ twenty-seven leagues on this course.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;The Admiral orders that they shall resume a westerly course at sunset.
+ They make twelve miles each hour; up till two hours after midnight they
+ made ninety miles.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;The Pinta, the best sailer of the three, was ahead. She makes signals,
+ already agreed upon, that she has discovered land. A sailor named Rodrigo
+ de Triana was the first to see this land. For the Admiral being on the
+ castle of the poop of the ship at ten at night really saw a light, but it
+ was so shut in by darkness that he did not like to say that it was a sign
+ of land. Still he called up Pedro Gutierrez, the king&rsquo;s chamberlain, and
+ said to him that there seemed to be a light, and asked him to look. He did
+ so and saw it. He said the same to Rodrigo Sanchez of Segovia, who had
+ been sent by the king and queen as inspector in the fleet, but he saw
+ nothing, being indeed in a place where he could see nothing.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;After the Admiral spoke of it, the light was seen once or twice. It was
+ like a wax candle, raised and lowered, which would appear to few to be a
+ sign of land. But the Admiral was certain that it was a sign of land.
+ Therefore when they said the &lsquo;Salve,&rsquo; which all the sailors are used to
+ say and sing in their fashion, the Admiral ordered them to look out well
+ from the forecastle, and he would give at once a silk jacket to the man
+ who first saw land, besides the other rewards which the sovereigns had
+ ordered, which were 10,000 maravedis, to be paid as an annuity forever to
+ the man who saw it first.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;At two hours after midnight land appeared, from which they were about two
+ leagues off.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ This is the one account of the discovery written at the time. It is worth
+ copying and reading at full in its little details, for it contrasts
+ curiously with the embellished accounts which appear in the next
+ generation. Thus the historian Oviedo says, in a dramatic way:
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;One of the ship boys on the largest ship, a native of Lepe, cried &lsquo;Fire!&rsquo;
+ &lsquo;Land!&rsquo; Immediately a servant of Columbus replied, &lsquo;The Admiral had said
+ that already.&rsquo; Soon after, Columbus said, &lsquo;I said so some time ago, and
+ that I saw that fire on the land.&rsquo;&rdquo; And so indeed it happened that
+ Thursday, at two hours after midnight, the Admiral called a gentleman
+ named Escobedos, officer of the wardrobe of the king, and told him that he
+ saw fire. And at the break of day, at the time Columbus had predicted the
+ day before, they saw from the largest ship the island which the Indians
+ call Guanahani to the north of them.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And the first man to see the land, when day came, was Rodrigo of Triana,
+ on the eleventh day of October, 1492.&rdquo; Nothing is more certain than that
+ this was really on the twelfth.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The reward for first seeing land was eventually awarded to Columbus, and
+ it was regularly paid him through his life. It was the annual payment of
+ 10,000 maravedis. A maravedi was then a little less than six cents of our
+ currency. The annuity was, therefore, about six hundred dollars a year.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The worth of a maravedi varied, from time to time, so that the
+ calculations of the value of any number of maravedis are very confusing.
+ Before the coin went out of use it was worth only half a cent.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0004" id="link2HCH0004">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER IV. &mdash; THE LANDING ON THE TWELFTH OF OCTOBER
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ &mdash;THE NATIVES AND THEIR NEIGHBORS&mdash;SEARCH FOR GOLD&mdash;CUBA
+ DISCOVERED&mdash;COLUMBUS COASTS ALONG ITS SHORES.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It was on Friday, the twelfth of October, that they saw this island, which
+ was an island of the Lucayos group, called, says Las Casas, &ldquo;in the tongue
+ of the Indians, Guanahani.&rdquo; Soon they saw people naked, and the Admiral
+ went ashore in the armed boat, with Martin Alonzo Pinzon and, Vicente
+ Yanez, his brother, who was captain of the Nina. The Admiral unfurled the
+ Royal Standard, and the captain&rsquo;s two standards of the Greek Cross, which
+ the Admiral raised on all the ships as a sign, with an F. and a Y.; over
+ each letter a crown; one on one side of the {&ldquo;iron cross symbol&rdquo;} and the
+ other on the other. When they were ashore they saw very green trees and
+ much water, and fruits of different kinds.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;The Admiral called the two captains and the others who went ashore, and
+ Rodrigo Descovedo, Notary of the whole fleet, and Rodrigo Sanchez of
+ Segovia, and he said that they must give him their faith and witness how
+ he took possession before all others, as in fact he did take possession of
+ the said island for the king and the queen, his lord and lady. . . . Soon
+ many people of the island assembled. These which follow are the very words
+ of the Admiral, in his book of his first navigation and discovery of these
+ Indies.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ October 11-12. &ldquo;So that they may feel great friendship for us, and because
+ I knew that they were a people who would be better delivered and converted
+ to our Holy Faith by love than by force, I gave to some of them red caps
+ and glass bells which they put round their necks, and many other things of
+ little value, in which they took much pleasure, and they remained so
+ friendly to us that it was wonderful.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Afterwards they came swimming to the ship&rsquo;s boats where we were. And they
+ brought us parrots and cotton-thread in skeins, and javelins and many
+ other things. And they bartered them with us for other things, which we
+ gave them, such as little glass beads and little bells. In short, they
+ took everything, and gave of what they had with good will. But it seemed
+ to me that they were a people very destitute of everything.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;They all went as naked as their mothers bore them, and the women as well,
+ although I only saw one who was really young. And all the men I saw were
+ young, for I saw none more than thirty years of age; very well made, with
+ very handsome persons, and very good faces; their hair thick like the
+ hairs of horses&rsquo; tails, and cut short. They bring their hair above their
+ eyebrows, except a little behind, which they wear long, and never cut.
+ Some of them paint themselves blackish (and they are of the color of the
+ inhabitants of the Canaries, neither black nor white), and some paint
+ themselves white, and some red, and some with whatever they can get. And
+ some of them paint their faces, and some all their bodies, and some only
+ the eyes, and some only the nose.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;They do not bear arms nor do they know them, for I showed them swords and
+ they took them by the edge, and they cut themselves through ignorance.
+ They have no iron at all; their javelins are rods without iron, and some
+ of them have a fish&rsquo;s tooth at the end, and some of them other things.
+ They are all of good stature, and good graceful appearance, well made. I
+ saw some who had scars of wounds in their bodies, and I made signs to them
+ (to ask) what that was, and they showed me how people came there from
+ other islands which lay around, and tried to take them captive and they
+ defended themselves. And I believed, and I (still) believe, that they came
+ there from the mainland to take them for captives.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;They would be good servants, and of good disposition, for I see that they
+ repeat very quickly everything which is said to them. And I believe that
+ they could easily be made Christians, for it seems to me that they have no
+ belief. I, if it please our Lord, will take six of them to your Highnesses
+ at the time of my departure, so that they may learn to talk. No wild
+ creature of any sort have I seen, except parrots, in this island.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ All these are the words of the Admiral, says Las Casas. The journal of the
+ next day is in these words:
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Saturday, October 13. &ldquo;As soon as the day broke, many of these men came to
+ the beach, all young, as I have said, and all of good stature, a very
+ handsome race. Their hair is not woolly, but straight and coarse, like
+ horse hair, and all with much wider foreheads and heads than any other
+ people I have seen up to this time. And their eyes are very fine and not
+ small, and they are not black at all, but of the color of the Canary
+ Islanders. And nothing else could be expected, since it is on one line of
+ latitude with the Island of Ferro, in the Canaries.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;They came to the ship with almadias,(*) which are made of the trunk of a
+ tree, like a long boat, and all of one piece&mdash;and made in a very
+ wonderful manner in the fashion of the country&mdash;and large enough for
+ some of them to hold forty or forty-five men. And others are smaller, down
+ to such as hold one man alone. They row with a shovel like a baker&rsquo;s, and
+ it goes wonderfully well. And if it overturns, immediately they all go to
+ swimming and they right it, and bale it with calabashes which they carry.
+ </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+ (*) Arabic word for raft or float; here it means canoes.
+</pre>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;They brought skeins of spun cotton, and parrots, and javelins, and other
+ little things which it would be wearisome to write down, and they gave
+ everything for whatever was given to them.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And I strove attentively to learn whether there were gold. And I saw that
+ some of them had a little piece of gold hung in a hole which they have in
+ their noses. And by signs I was able to understand that going to the
+ south, or going round the island to the southward, there was a king there
+ who had great vessels of it, and had very much of it. I tried to persuade
+ them to go there; and afterward I saw that they did not understand about
+ going.(*)
+ </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+ (*) To this first found land, called by the natives
+ Guanahani, Columbus gave the name of San Salvador. There is,
+ however, great doubt whether this is the island known by
+ that name on the maps. Of late years the impression has
+ generally been that the island thus discovered is that now
+ known as Watling&rsquo;s island. In 1860 Admiral Fox, of the
+ United States navy, visited all these islands, and studied
+ the whole question anew, visiting the islands himself and
+ working backwards to the account of Columbus&rsquo;s subsequent
+ voyage, so as to fix the spot from which that voyage began.
+ Admiral Fox decides that the island of discovery was neither
+ San Salvador nor Watling&rsquo;s island, but the Samana island of
+ the same group. The subject is so curious that we copy his
+ results at more length in the appendix.
+</pre>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I determined to wait till the next afternoon, and then to start for the
+ southwest, for many of them told me that there was land to the south and
+ southwest and northwest, and that those from the northwest came often to
+ fight with them, and so to go on to the southwest to seek gold and
+ precious stones.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;This island is very large and very flat and with very green trees, and
+ many waters, and a very large lake in the midst, without any mountain. And
+ all of it is green, so that it is a pleasure to see it. And these people
+ are so gentle, and desirous to have our articles and thinking that nothing
+ can be given them unless they give something and do not keep it back. They
+ take what they can, and at once jump (into the water) and swim (away). But
+ all that they have they give for whatever is given them. For they barter
+ even for pieces of porringus, and of broken glass cups, so that I saw
+ sixteen skeins of cotton given for three Portuguese centis, that is a
+ blanca of Castile, and there was more than twenty-five pounds of spun
+ cotton in them. This I shall forbid, and not let anyone take (it); but I
+ shall have it all taken for your Highnesses, if there is any quantity of
+ it.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It grows here in this island, but for a short time I could not believe it
+ at all. And there is found here also the gold which they wear hanging to
+ their noses; but so as not to lose time I mean to go to see whether I can
+ reach the island of Cipango.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Now as it was night they all went ashore with their almadias.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Sunday, October 14. &ldquo;At daybreak I had the ship&rsquo;s boat and the boats of
+ the caravels made ready, and I sailed along the island, toward the
+ north-northeast, to see the other port, * * * * what there was (there),
+ and also to see the towns, and I soon saw two or three, and the people,
+ who all were coming to the shore, calling us and giving thanks to God.
+ Some brought us water, others things to eat. Others, when they saw that I
+ did not care to go ashore, threw themselves into the sea and came
+ swimming, and we understood that they asked us if we had come from heaven.
+ And an old man came into the boat, and others called all (the rest) men
+ and women, with a loud voice: &lsquo;Come and see the men who have come from
+ heaven; bring them food and drink.&rsquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;There came many of them and many women, each one with something, giving
+ thanks to God, casting themselves on the ground, and raising their heads
+ toward heaven. And afterwards they called us with shouts to come ashore.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;But I feared (to do so), for I saw a great reef of rocks which encircles
+ all that island. And in it there is bottom and harbor for as many ships as
+ there are in all Christendom, and its entrance very narrow. It is true
+ that there are some shallows inside this ring, but the sea is no rougher
+ than in a well.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And I was moved to see all this, this morning, so that I might be able to
+ give an account of it all to your Highnesses, and also (to find out) where
+ I might make a fortress. And I saw a piece of land formed like an island,
+ although it is not one, in which there were six houses, which could be cut
+ off in two days so as to become an island; although I do not see that it
+ is necessary, as this people is very ignorant of arms, as your Highnesses
+ will see from seven whom I had taken, to carry them off to learn our
+ speech and to bring them back again. But your Highnesses, when you direct,
+ can take them all to Castile, or keep them captives in this same island,
+ for with fifty men you can keep them all subjected, and make them do
+ whatever you like.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And close to the said islet are groves of trees, the most beautiful I
+ have seen, and as green and full of leaves as those of Castile in the
+ months of April and May, and much water.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I looked at all that harbor and then I returned to the ship and set sail,
+ and I saw so many islands that I could not decide to which I should go
+ first. And those men whom I had taken said to me by signs that there were
+ so very many that they were without number, and they repeated by name more
+ than a hundred. At last I set sail for the largest one, and there I
+ determined to go. And so I am doing, and it will be five leagues from the
+ island of San Salvador, and farther from some of the rest, nearer to
+ others. They all are very flat, without mountains and very fertile, and
+ all inhabited. And they make war upon each other although they are very
+ simple, and (they are) very beautifully formed.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Monday, October 15, Columbus, on arriving at the island for which he had
+ set sail, went on to a cape, near which he anchored at about sunset. He
+ gave the island the name of Santa Maria de la Concepcion.(*)
+ </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+ (*) This is supposed to be Caico del Norte.
+</pre>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;At about sunset I anchored near the said cape to know if there were gold
+ there, for the men whom I had taken at the Island of San Salvador told me
+ that there they wore very large rings of gold on their legs and arms. I
+ think that all they said was for a trick, in order to make their escape.
+ However, I did not wish to pass by any island without taking possession of
+ it.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And I anchored, and was there till today, Tuesday, when at the break of
+ day I went ashore with the armed boats, and landed.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;They (the inhabitants), who were many, as naked and in the same condition
+ as those of San Salvador, let us land on the island, and gave us what we
+ asked of them. * * *
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I set out for the ship. And there was a large almadia which had come to
+ board the caravel Nina, and one of the men from we Island of San Salvador
+ threw himself into the sea, took this boat, and made off; and the night
+ before, at midnight, another jumped out. And the almadia went back so fast
+ that there never was a boat which could come up with her, although we had
+ a considerable advantage. It reached the shore, and they left the almadia,
+ and some of my company landed after them, and they all fled like hens.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And the almadia, which they had left, we took to the caravel Nina, to
+ which from another headland there was coming another little almadia, with
+ a man who came to barter a skein of cotton. And some of the sailors threw
+ themselves into the sea, because he did not wish to enter the caravel, and
+ took him. And I, who was on the stern of the ship, and saw it all, sent
+ for him and gave him a red cap and some little green glass beads which I
+ put on his arm, and two small bells which I put at his ears, and I had his
+ almadia returned, * * * and sent him ashore.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And I set sail at once to go to the other large island which I saw at the
+ west, and commanded the other almadia to be set adrift, which the caravel
+ Nina was towing astern. And then I saw on land, when the man landed, to
+ whom I had given the above mentioned things (and I had not consented to
+ take the skein of cotton, though he wished to give it to me), all the
+ others went to him and thought it a great wonder, and it seemed to them
+ that we were good people, and that the other man, who had fled, had done
+ us some harm, and that therefore we were carrying him off. And this was
+ why I treated the other man as I did, commanding him to be released, and
+ gave him the said things, so that they might have this opinion of us, and
+ so that another time, when your Highnesses send here again, they may be
+ well disposed. And all that I gave him was not worth four maravedis.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus had set sail at ten o&rsquo;clock for a &ldquo;large island&rdquo; he mentions,
+ which he called Fernandina, where, from the tales of the Indian captives,
+ he expected to find gold. Half way between this island and Santa Maria, he
+ met with &ldquo;a man alone in an almadia which was passing&rdquo; (from one island to
+ the other), &ldquo;and he was carrying a little of their bread, as big as one&rsquo;s
+ fist, and a calabash of water and a piece of red earth made into dust, and
+ then kneaded, and some dry leaves, which must be a thing much valued among
+ them, since at San Salvador they brought them to me as a present.(*) And
+ he had a little basket of their sort, in which he had a string of little
+ glass bells and two blancas, by which I knew that he came from the Island
+ of San Salvador. * * * He came to the ship; I took him on board, for so he
+ asked, and made him put his almadia in the ship, and keep all he was
+ carrying. And I commanded to give him bread and honey to eat, and
+ something to drink.
+ </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+ (*) Was this perhaps tobacco?
+</pre>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And thus I will take him over to Fernandina, and I will give him all his
+ property so that he may give good accounts of us, so that, if it please
+ our Lord, when your Highnesses send there, those who come may receive
+ honor, and they may give us of all they have.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus continued sailing for the island he named Fernandina, now called
+ Inagua Chica. There was a calm all day and he did not arrive in time to
+ anchor safely before dark. He therefore waited till morning, and anchored
+ near a town. Here the man had gone, who had been picked up the day before,
+ and he had given such good accounts that all night long the ship had been
+ boarded by almadias, bringing supplies. Columbus directed some trifle to
+ be given to each of the islanders, and that they should be given &ldquo;honey of
+ sugar&rdquo; to eat. He sent the ship&rsquo;s boat ashore for water and the
+ inhabitants not only pointed it out but helped to put the water-casks on
+ board.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;This people,&rdquo; he says, &ldquo;is like those of the aforesaid islands, and has
+ the same speech and the same customs, except that these seem to me a
+ somewhat more domestic race, and more intelligent. * * * And I saw also in
+ this island cotton cloths made like mantles. * * *
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It is a very green island and flat and very fertile, and I have no doubt
+ that all the year through they sow panizo (panic-grass) and harvest it,
+ and so with everything else. And I saw many trees, of very different form
+ from ours, and many of them which had branches of many sorts, and all on
+ one trunk. And one branch is of one sort and one of another, and so
+ different that it is the greatest wonder in the world. * * * One branch
+ has its leaves like canes, and another like the lentisk; and so on one
+ tree five or six of these kinds; and all so different. Nor are they
+ grafted, for it might be said that grafting does it, but they grow on the
+ mountains, nor do these people care for them. * * *
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Here the fishes are so different from ours that it is wonderful. There
+ are some like cocks of the finest colors in the world, blue, yellow, red
+ and of all colors, and others painted in a thousand ways. And the colors
+ are so fine that there is no man who does not wonder at them and take
+ great pleasure in seeing them. Also, there are whales. As for wild
+ creatures on shore, I saw none of any sort, except parrots and lizards; a
+ boy told me that he saw a great snake. Neither sheep nor goats nor any
+ other animal did I see; although I have been here a very short time, that
+ is, half a day, but if there had been any I could not have failed to see
+ some of them.&rdquo; * * *
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Wednesday, October 17. He left the town at noon and prepared to sail round
+ the island. He had meant to go by the south and southeast. But as Martin
+ Alonzo Pinzon, captain of the Pinta, had heard, from one of the Indians he
+ had on board, that it would be quicker to start by the northwest, and as
+ the wind was favorable for this course, Columbus took it. He found a fine
+ harbor two leagues further on, where he found some friendly Indians, and
+ sent a party ashore for water. &ldquo;During this time,&rdquo; he says, &ldquo;I went (to
+ look at) these trees, which were the most beautiful things to see which
+ have been seen; there was as much verdure in the same degree as in the
+ month of May in Andalusia, and all the trees were as different from ours
+ as the day from the night. And so (were) the fruits, and the herbs, and
+ the stones and everything. The truth is that some trees had a resemblance
+ to others which there are in Castile, but there was a very great
+ difference. And other trees of other sorts were such that there is no one
+ who could * * * liken them to others of Castile. * * *
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;The others who went for water told me how they had been in their houses,
+ and that they were very well swept and clean, and their beds and furniture
+ (made) of things which are like nets of cotton.(*) Their houses are all
+ like pavilions, and very high and good chimneys.(**)
+ </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+ (*) They are called Hamacas.
+
+ (**) Las Casas says they were not meant for smoke but as a
+ crown, for they have no opening below for the smoke.
+</pre>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;But I did not see, among many towns which I saw, any of more than twelve
+ or fifteen houses. * * * And there they had dogs. * * * And there they
+ found one man who had on his nose a piece of gold which was like half a
+ castellano, on which there were cut letters.(*) I blamed them for not
+ bargaining for it, and giving as much as was asked, to see what it was,
+ and whose coin it was; and they answered me that they did not dare to
+ barter it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+ (*) A castellano was a piece of gold, money, weighing about
+ one-sixth of an ounce.
+</pre>
+ <p>
+ He continued towards the northwest, then turned his course to the
+ east-southeast, east and southeast. The weather being thick and heavy, and
+ &ldquo;threatening immediate rain. So all these days since I have been in these
+ Indies it has rained little or much.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Friday, October 19. Columbus, who had not landed the day before, now sent
+ two caravels, one to the east and southeast and the other to the
+ south-southeast, while he himself, with the Santa Maria, the SHIP, as he
+ calls it, went to the southeast. He ordered the caravels to keep their
+ courses till noon, and then join him. This they did, at an island to the
+ east, which he named Isabella, the Indians whom he had with him calling it
+ Saomete. It has been supposed to be the island now called Inagua Grande.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;All this coast,&rdquo; says the Admiral, &ldquo;and the part of the island which I
+ saw, is all nearly flat, and the island the most beautiful thing I ever
+ saw, for if the others are very beautiful this one is more so.&rdquo; He
+ anchored at a cape which was so beautiful that he named it Cabo Fermoso,
+ the Beautiful Cape, &ldquo;so green and so beautiful,&rdquo; he says, &ldquo;like all the
+ other things and lands of these islands, that I do not know where to go
+ first, nor can I weary my eyes with seeing such beautiful verdure and so
+ different from ours. And I believe that there are in them many herbs and
+ many trees, which are of great value in Spain for dyes (or tinctures) and
+ for medicines of spicery. But I do not know them, which I greatly regret.
+ And as I came here to this cape there came such a good and sweet odor of
+ flowers or trees from the land that it was the sweetest thing in the
+ world.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He heard that there was a king in the interior who wore clothes and much
+ gold, and though, as he says, the Indians had so little gold that whatever
+ small quantity of it the king wore it would appear large to them, he
+ decided to visit him the next day. He did not do so, however, as he found
+ the water too shallow in his immediate neighborhood, and then had not
+ enough wind to go on, except at night.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Sunday morning, October 21, he anchored, apparently more to the west, and
+ after having dined, landed. He found but one house, from which the
+ inhabitants were absent; he directed that nothing in it should be touched.
+ He speaks again of the great beauty of the island, even greater than that
+ of the others he had seen. &ldquo;The singing of the birds,&rdquo; he says, &ldquo;seems as
+ if a man would never seek to leave this place, and the flocks of parrots
+ which darken the sun, and fowls and birds of so many kinds and so
+ different from ours that it is wonderful. And then there are trees of a
+ thousand sorts, and all with fruit of their kinds. And all have such an
+ odor that it is wonderful, so that I am the most afflicted man in the
+ world not to know them.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They killed a serpent in one of the lakes upon this island, which Las
+ Casas says is the Guana, or what we call the Iguana.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ In seeking for good water, the Spaniards found a town, from which the
+ inhabitants were going to fly. But some of them rallied, and one of them
+ approached the visitors. Columbus gave him some little bells and glass
+ beads, with which he was much pleased. The Admiral asked him for water,
+ and they brought it gladly to the shore in calabashes.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He still wished to see the king of whom the Indians had spoken, but meant
+ afterward to go to &ldquo;another very great island, which I believe must be
+ Cipango, which they call Colba.&rdquo; This is probably a mistake in the
+ manuscript for Cuba, which is what is meant. It continues, &ldquo;and to that
+ other island which they call Bosio&rdquo; (probably Bohio) &ldquo;and the others which
+ are on the way, I will see these in passing. * * * But still, I am
+ determined to go to the mainland and to the city of Quisay and to give
+ your Highnesses&rsquo; letters to the Grand Khan, and seek a reply and come back
+ with it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He remained at this island during the twenty-second and twenty-third of
+ October, waiting first for the king, who did not appear, and then for a
+ favorable wind. &ldquo;To sail round these islands,&rdquo; he says, &ldquo;one needs many
+ sorts of wind, and it does not blow as men would like.&rdquo; At midnight,
+ between the twenty-third and twenty-fourth, he weighed anchor in order to
+ start for Cuba.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I have heard these people say that it was very large and of great
+ traffic,&rdquo; he says, &ldquo;and that there were in it gold and spices, and great
+ ships and merchants. And they showed me that I should go to it by the
+ west-southwest, and I think so. For I think that if I may trust the signs
+ which all the Indians of these islands have made me, and those whom I am
+ carrying in the ships, for by the tongue I do not understand them, it
+ (Cuba) is the Island of Cipango,(*) of which wonderful things are told,
+ and on the globes which I have seen and in the painted maps, it is in this
+ district.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+ (*) This was the name the old geographers gave to Japan.
+</pre>
+ <p>
+ The next day they saw seven or eight islands, which are supposed to be the
+ eastern and southern keys of the Grand Bank of Bahama. He anchored to the
+ south of them on the twenty-sixth of October, and on the next day sailed
+ once more for Cuba.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On Sunday, October 28, he arrived there, in what is now called the Puerto
+ de Nipe; he named it the Puerto de San Salvador. Here, as he went on, he
+ was again charmed by the beautiful country. He found palms &ldquo;of another
+ sort,&rdquo; says Las Casas, &ldquo;from those of Guinea, and from ours.&rdquo; He found the
+ island the &ldquo;most beautiful which eyes have seen, full of very good ports
+ and deep rivers,&rdquo; and that apparently the sea is never rough there, as the
+ grass grows down to the water&rsquo;s edge. This greenness to the sea&rsquo;s edge is
+ still observed there. &ldquo;Up till that time,&rdquo; says Las Casas, &ldquo;he had not
+ experienced in all these islands that the sea was rough.&rdquo; He had occasion
+ to learn about it later. He mentions also that the island is mountainous.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0005" id="link2HCH0005">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER V. &mdash; LANDING ON CUBA
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ &mdash;THE CIGAR AND TOBACCO&mdash;CIPANGO AND THE GREAT KHAN&mdash;FROM
+ CUBA TO HAYTI&mdash;ITS SHORES AND HARBORS.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ When Columbus landed, at some distance farther along the coast, he found
+ the best houses he had yet seen, very large, like pavilions, and very neat
+ within; not in streets but set about here and there. They were all built
+ of palm branches. Here were dogs which never barked (supposed to be the
+ almiqui), wild birds tamed in the houses and &ldquo;wonderful arrangements of
+ nets,(*) and fish-hooks and fishing apparatus. There were also carved
+ masks and other images. Not a thing was touched.&rdquo; The inhabitants had
+ fled.
+ </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+ (*) These were probably hammocks.
+</pre>
+ <p>
+ He went on to the northwest, and saw a cape which he named Cabo de Palmas.
+ The Indians on board the Pinta said that beyond this cape was a river and
+ that at four days&rsquo; journey from this was what they called &ldquo;Cuba.&rdquo; Now they
+ had been coasting along the Island of Cuba for two or three days. But
+ Martin Pinzon, the captain of the Pinta, understood this Cuba to be a
+ city, and that this land was the mainland, running far to the north.
+ Columbus until he died believed that it was the mainland.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Martin Pinzon also understood that the king of that land was at war with
+ the Grand Khan, whom they called Cami. The Admiral determined to go to the
+ river the Indians mentioned, and to send to the king the letter of the
+ sovereigns. He meant to send with it a sailor who had been to Guinea, and
+ some of the Guanahani Indians. He was encouraged, probably, by the name of
+ Carni, in thinking that he was really near the Grand Khan.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He did not, however, send off these messengers at once, as the wind and
+ the nature of the coast proved unfit for his going up the river the
+ Indians had spoken of. He went back to the town where he had been two days
+ before.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Once more he found that the people had fled, but &ldquo;after a good while a man
+ appeared,&rdquo; and the Admiral sent ashore one of the Indians he had with him.
+ This man shouted to the Indians on shore that they must not be afraid, as
+ these were good people, and did harm to no man, nor did they belong to the
+ Grand Khan, but they gave, of what they had, in many islands where they
+ had been. He now jumped into the sea and swam ashore, and two of the
+ inhabitants took him in their arms and brought him to a house where they
+ asked him questions. When he had reassured them, they began to come out to
+ the ships in their canoes, with &ldquo;spun cotton and others of their little
+ things.&rdquo; But the Admiral commanded that nothing should be taken from them,
+ so that they might know that he was seeking nothing but gold, or, as they
+ called it, nucay.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He saw no gold here, but one of them had a piece of wrought silver hanging
+ to his nose. They made signs, that before three days many merchants would
+ come from the inland country to trade with the Spaniards, and that they
+ would bring news from the king, who, according to their signs, was four
+ days&rsquo; journey away. &ldquo;And it is certain&rdquo; says the Admiral, &ldquo;that this is
+ the mainland, and that I am before Zayto and Quinsay, a hundred leagues
+ more or less from both of them, and this is clearly shown by the tide,
+ which comes in a different manner from that in which it has done up to
+ this time; and yesterday when I went to the northwest I found that it was
+ cold.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Always supposing that he was near Japan, which they called Cipango,
+ Columbus continued to sail along the northern coast of Cuba and explored
+ about half that shore. He then returned to the east, governed by the
+ assurances of the natives that on an island named Babegue he would find
+ men who used hammers with which to beat gold into ingots. This gold, as he
+ understood them, was collected on the shore at night, while the people
+ lighted up the darkness with candles.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ At the point where he turned back, he had hauled his ships up on the shore
+ to repair them. From this point, on the second of November, he sent two
+ officers inland, one of whom was a Jew, who knew Chaldee, Hebrew and a
+ little Arabic, in the hope that they should find some one who could speak
+ these languages. With them went one of the Guanahani Indians, and one from
+ the neighborhood.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They returned on the night between the fifth and sixth of November. Twelve
+ leagues off they had found a village of about fifty large houses, made in
+ the form of tents. This village had about a thousand inhabitants,
+ according to the explorers. They had received the ambassadors with cordial
+ kindness, believing that they had descended from heaven.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They even took them in their arms and thus carried them to the finest
+ house of all. They gave them seats, and then sat round them on the ground
+ in a circle. They kissed their feet and hands, and touched them, to make
+ sure whether they were really men of flesh and bone.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It was on this expedition that the first observation was made of that gift
+ of America to the world, which has worked its way so deep and far into
+ general use. They met men and women who &ldquo;carried live coals, so as to draw
+ into their mouths the smoke of burning herbs.&rdquo; This was the account of the
+ first observers. But Las Casas says that the dry herbs were wrapped in
+ another leaf as dry. He says that &ldquo;they lighted one end of the little
+ stick thus formed, and sucked in or absorbed the smoke by the other, with
+ which,&rdquo; he says, &ldquo;they put their flesh to sleep, and it nearly intoxicates
+ them, and thus they say that they feel no fatigue. These mosquetes, as we
+ should call them, they call tobacos. I knew Spaniards on this Island of
+ Hispaniola who were accustomed to take them, who, on being reproved for it
+ as a vice, replied that it was not in their power (in their hand) to leave
+ off taking them. I do not know what savour or profit they found in them.&rdquo;
+ This is clearly a cigar.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The third or fourth of November, then, 1892, with the addition of nine
+ days to change the style from old to new, may be taken by lovers of
+ tobacco as the fourth centennial of the day when Europeans first learned
+ the use of the cigar.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On the eleventh of November the repairs were completed.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He says that the Sunday before, November 11 it had seemed to him that it
+ would be good to take some persons, from those of that river, to carry to
+ the sovereigns, so that &ldquo;they might learn our tongue, so as to know what
+ there is in the country, and so that when they come back they may be
+ tongues to the Christians, and receive our customs and the things of the
+ faith. Because I saw and know,&rdquo; says the Admiral, &ldquo;that this people has no
+ religion (secta) nor are they idolaters, but very mild and without knowing
+ what evil is, nor how to kill others, nor how to take them, and without
+ arms, and so timorous that from one of our men ten of them fly, although
+ they do sport with them, and ready to believe and knowing that there is a
+ God in heaven, and sure that we have come from heaven; and very ready at
+ any prayer which we tell them to repeat, and they make the sign of the
+ cross.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;So your Highnesses should determine to make them Christians, for I
+ believe that if they begin, in a short time they will have accomplished
+ converting to our holy faith a multitude of towns.&rdquo; &ldquo;Without doubt there
+ are in these lands the greatest quantities of gold, for not without cause
+ do these Indians whom I am bringing say that there are places in these
+ isles where they dig out gold and wear it on their necks, in their ears
+ and on their arms and legs, and the bracelets are very thick.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And also there are stones and precious pearls, and unnumbered spices. And
+ in this Rio de Mares, from which I departed last night, without doubt
+ there is the greatest quantity of mastic, and there might be more if more
+ were desired. For the trees, if planted, take root, and there are many of
+ them and very great and they have the leaf like a lentisk, and their
+ fruit, except that the trees and the fruit are larger, is such as Pliny
+ describes, and I have seen in the Island of Chios in the Archipelago.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And I had many of these trees tapped to see if they would send out resin,
+ so as to draw it out. And as it rained all the time I was at the said
+ river, I could not get any of it, except a very little which I am bringing
+ to your Highnesses. And besides, it may be that it is not the time to tap
+ them, for I believe that this should be done at the time when the trees
+ begin to leave out from the winter and seek to send out their flowers, and
+ now they have the fruit nearly ripe.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And also here there might be had a great store of cotton, and I believe
+ that it might be sold very well here without taking it to Spain, in the
+ great cities of the Great Khan, which will doubtless be discovered, and
+ many others of other lords, who will then have to serve your Highnesses.
+ And here will be given them other things from Spain, from the lands of the
+ East, since these are ours in the West.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And here there is also aloes everywhere, although this is not a thing to
+ make great account of, but the mastic should be well considered, because
+ it is not found except in the said island of Chios, and I believe that
+ they get from it quite 50,000 ducats if I remember aright. And this is the
+ best harbor which I have seen thus far&mdash;deep and easy of access, so
+ that this would be a good place for a large town.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The notes in Columbus&rsquo;s journals are of the more interest and value,
+ because they show his impressions at the moment when he wrote. However
+ mistaken those impressions, he never corrects them afterwards. Although,
+ while he was in Cuba, he never found the Grand Khan, he never recalls the
+ hopes which he has expressed.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He had discovered the island on its northern side by sailing southwest
+ from the Lucayos or Bahamas. From the eleventh of November until the sixth
+ of December he was occupied in coasting along the northern shore,
+ eventually returning eastward, when he crossed the channel which parts
+ Cuba from Hayti.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The first course was east, a quarter southeast, and on the sixteenth, they
+ entered Port-au-Prince, and took possession, raising a cross there. At
+ Port-au-Prince, to his surprise, he found on a point of rock two large
+ logs, mortised into each other in the shape of a cross, so &ldquo;that you would
+ have said a carpenter could not have proportioned them better.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On the nineteenth the course was north-northeast; on the twenty-first they
+ took a course south, a quarter southwest, seeking in these changes the
+ island of &ldquo;Babeque,&rdquo; which the Indians had spoken of as rich with gold. On
+ the day last named Pinzon left the Admiral in the Pinta, and they did not
+ meet again for more than a month.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus touched at various points on Cuba and the neighboring islands. He
+ sought, without success, for pearls, and always pressed his inquiries for
+ gold. He was determined to find the island of Bohio, greatly to the terror
+ of the poor Indians, whom he had on board: they said that its natives had
+ but one eye, in the middle of their foreheads, and that they were well
+ armed and ate their prisoners.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He landed in the bay of Moa, and then, keeping near the coast, sailed
+ towards the Capo del Pico, now called Cape Vacz. At Puerto Santo he was
+ detained some days by bad weather. On the fourth of December he continued
+ his eastward voyage, and on the next day saw far off the mountains of
+ Hayti, which was the Bohio he sought for.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0006" id="link2HCH0006">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER VI. &mdash; DISCOVERY OF HAYTI OR HISPANIOLA
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ &mdash;THE SEARCH FOR GOLD&mdash;HOSPITALITY AND INTELLIGENCE OF THE
+ NATIVES&mdash;CHRISTMAS DAY&mdash;A SHIPWRECK&mdash;COLONY TO BE FOUNDED&mdash;COLUMBUS
+ SAILS EAST AND MEETS MARTIN PINZON&mdash;THE TWO VESSELS RETURN TO EUROPE
+ &mdash;STORM&mdash;THE AZORES&mdash;PORTUGAL&mdash;HOME.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On the sixth of December they crossed from the eastern cape of Cuba to the
+ northwestern point of the island, which we call Hayti or San Domingo. He
+ says he gave it this name because &ldquo;the plains appeared to him almost
+ exactly like those of Castile, but yet more beautiful.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He coasted eastward along the northern side of the island, hoping that it
+ might be the continent, and always inquiring for gold when he landed; but
+ the Indians, as before, referred him to yet another land, still further
+ south, which they still called Bohio. It was not surrounded by water, they
+ said. The word &ldquo;caniba,&rdquo; which is the origin of our word &ldquo;cannibal,&rdquo; and
+ refers to the fierce Caribs, came often into their talk. The sound of the
+ syllable can made Columbus more sure that he was now approaching the
+ dominions of the Grand Khan of eastern Asia, of whom Marco Polo had
+ informed Europe so fully.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On the twelfth of the month, after a landing in which a cross had been
+ erected, three sailors went inland, pursuing the Indians. They captured a
+ young woman whom they brought to the fleet. She wore a large ring of gold
+ in her nose. She was able to understand the other Indians whom they had on
+ board. Columbus dressed her, gave her some imitation pearls, rings and
+ other finery, and then put her on shore with three Indians and three of
+ his own men.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The men returned the next day without going to the Indian village.
+ Columbus then sent out nine men, with an Indian, who found a town of a
+ thousand huts about four and a half leagues from the ship. They thought
+ the population was three thousand. The village in Cuba is spoken of as
+ having twenty people to a house. Here the houses were smaller or the count
+ of the numbers extravagant. The people approached the explorers carefully,
+ and with tokens of respect. Soon they gained confidence and brought out
+ food for them: fish, and bread made from roots, &ldquo;which tasted exactly as
+ if it were made of chestnuts.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ In the midst of this festival, the woman, who had been sent back from the
+ ship so graciously, appeared borne on the shoulders of men who were led by
+ her husband.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Spaniards thought these natives of St. Domingo much whiter than those
+ of the other islands. Columbus says that two of the women, if dressed in
+ Castilian costume, would be counted to be Spaniards. He says that the heat
+ of the country is intense, and that if these people lived in a cooler
+ region they would be of lighter color.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On the fourteenth of December he continued his voyage eastward, and on the
+ fifteenth landed on the little island north of Hayti, which he called
+ Tortuga, or Turtle island. At midnight on the sixteenth he sailed, and
+ landed on Hispaniola again. Five hundred Indians met him, accompanied by
+ their king, a fine young man of about twenty years of age. He had around
+ him several counselors, one of whom appeared to be his tutor. To the
+ steady questions where gold could be found, the reply as steady was made
+ that it was in &ldquo;the Island of Babeque.&rdquo; This island, they said, was only
+ two days off, and they pointed out the route. The interview ended in an
+ offer by the king to the Admiral of all that he had. The explorers never
+ found this mysterious Babeque, unless, as Bishop Las Casas guessed,
+ Babeque and Jamaica be the same.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The king visited Columbus on his ship in the evening, and Columbus
+ entertained him with European food. With so cordial a beginning of
+ intimacy, it was natural that the visitors should spend two or three days
+ with these people. The king would not believe that any sovereigns of
+ Castile could be more powerful than the men he saw. He and those around
+ him all believed that they came direct from heaven.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus was always asking for gold. He gave strict orders that it should
+ always be paid for, when it was taken. To the islanders it was merely a
+ matter of ornament, and they gladly exchanged it for the glass beads, the
+ rings or the bells, which seemed to them more ornamental. One of the
+ caciques or chiefs, evidently a man of distinction and authority, had
+ little bits of gold which he exchanged for pieces of glass. It proved that
+ he had clipped them off from a larger piece, and he went back into his
+ cabin, cut that to pieces, and then exchanged all those in trade for the
+ white man&rsquo;s commodities. Well pleased with his bargain, he then told the
+ Spaniards that he would go and get much more and would come and trade with
+ them again.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On the eighteenth of December, the wind not serving well, they waited the
+ return of the chief whom they had first seen. In the afternoon he
+ appeared, seated in a palanquin, which was carried by four men, and
+ escorted by more than two hundred of his people. He was accompanied by a
+ counselor and preceptor who did not leave him. He came on board the ship
+ when Columbus was at table. He would not permit him to leave his place,
+ and readily took a seat at his side, when it was offered. Columbus offered
+ him European food and drink; he tasted of each, and then gave what was
+ offered to his attendants. The ceremonious Spaniards found a remarkable
+ dignity in his air and gestures. After the repast, one of his servants
+ brought a handsome belt, elegantly wrought, which he presented to
+ Columbus, with two small pieces of gold, also delicately wrought.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus observed that this cacique looked with interest on the hangings
+ of his ship-bed, and made a present of them to him, in return for his
+ offering, with some amber beads from his own neck, some red shoes and a
+ flask of orange flower water.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On the nineteenth, after these agreeable hospitalities, the squadron
+ sailed again, and on the twentieth arrived at a harbor which Columbus
+ pronounced the finest he had ever seen. The reception he met here and the
+ impressions he formed of Hispaniola determined him to make a colony on
+ that island. It may be said that on this determination the course of his
+ after life turned. This harbor is now known as the Bay of Azul.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The men, whom he sent on shore, found a large village not far from the
+ shore, where they were most cordially received. The natives begged the
+ Europeans to stay with them, and as it proved, Columbus accepted the
+ invitation for a part of his crew. On the first day three different chiefs
+ came to visit him, in a friendly way, with their retinues. The next day
+ more than a hundred and twenty canoes visited the ship, bringing with them
+ such presents as the people thought would be acceptable. Among these were
+ bread from the cassava root, fish, water in earthen jars, and the seeds of
+ spices. These spices they would stir in with water to make a drink which
+ they thought healthful.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On the same day Columbus sent an embassy of six men to a large town in the
+ interior. The chief by giving his hand &ldquo;to the secretary&rdquo; pledged himself
+ for their safe return.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The twenty-third was Sunday. It was spent as the day before had been, in
+ mutual civilities. The natives would offer their presents, and say &ldquo;take,
+ take,&rdquo; in their own language. Five chiefs were among the visitors of the
+ day. From their accounts Columbus was satisfied that there was much gold
+ in the island, as indeed, to the misery and destruction of its
+ inhabitants, there proved to be. He thought it was larger than England.
+ But he was mistaken. In his journal of the next day he mentions Civao, a
+ land to the west, where they told him that there was gold, and again he
+ thought he was approaching Cipango, or Japan.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The next day he left these hospitable people, raising anchor in the
+ morning, and with a light land wind continued towards the west. At eleven
+ in the evening Columbus retired to rest. While he slept, on Christmas Day,
+ there occurred an accident which changed all plans for the expedition so
+ far as any had been formed, and from which there followed the
+ establishment of the ill-fated first colony. The evening was calm when
+ Columbus himself retired to sleep, and the master of the vessel followed
+ his example, entrusting the helm to one of the boys. Every person on the
+ ship, excepting this boy, was asleep, and he seems to have been awake to
+ little purpose.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The young steersman let the ship drift upon a ridge of rock, although, as
+ Columbus says, indignantly, there were breakers abundant to show the
+ danger. So soon as she struck, the boy cried out, and Columbus was the
+ first to wake. He says, by way of apology for himself, that for thirty-six
+ hours he had not slept until now. The master of the ship followed him. But
+ it was too late. The tide, such as there was, was ebbing, and the Santa
+ Maria was hopelessly aground. Columbus ordered the masts cut away, but
+ this did not relieve her.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He sent out his boat with directions to carry aft an anchor and cable, but
+ its crew escaped to the Nina with their tale of disaster. The Nina&rsquo;s
+ people would not receive them, reproached them as traitors, and in their
+ own vessel came to the scene of danger. Columbus was obliged to transfer
+ to her the crew of the Santa Maria.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ So soon as it was day, their friendly ally, Guacanagari, came on board.
+ With tears in his eyes, he made the kindest and most judicious offers of
+ assistance. He saw Columbus&rsquo;s dejection, and tried to relieve him by
+ expressions of his sympathy. He set aside on shore two large houses to
+ receive the stores that were on the Santa Maria, and appointed as many
+ large canoes as could be used to remove these stores to the land. He
+ assured Columbus that not a bit of the cargo or stores should be lost, and
+ this loyal promise was fulfilled to the letter.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The weather continued favorable. The sea was so light that everything on
+ board the Santa Maria was removed safely. Then it was that Columbus,
+ tempted by the beauty of the place, by the friendship of the natives, and
+ by the evident wishes of his men, determined to leave a colony, which
+ should be supported by the stores of the Santa Maria, until the rest of
+ the party could go back to Spain and bring or send reinforcements. The
+ king was well pleased with this suggestion, and promised all assistance
+ for the plan. A vault was dug and built, in which the stores could be
+ placed, and on this a house was built for the home of the colonists, so
+ far as they cared to live within doors.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The chief sent a canoe in search of Martin Pinzon and the Pinta, to tell
+ them of the disaster. But the messengers returned without finding them. At
+ the camp, which was to be a city, all was industriously pressed, with the
+ assistance of the friendly natives. Columbus, having no vessel but the
+ little Nina left, determined to return to Europe with the news of his
+ discovery, and to leave nearly forty men ashore.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It would appear that the men, themselves, were eager to stay. The luxury
+ of the climate and the friendly overtures of the people delighted them,
+ They had no need to build substantial houses. So far as houses were
+ needed, those of the natives were sufficient. All the preparations which
+ Columbus thought necessary were made in the week between the twenty-sixth
+ of December and the second of January. On that day he expected to sail
+ eastward, but unfavorable winds prevented.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He landed his men again, and by the exhibition of a pretended battle with
+ European arms, he showed the natives the military force of their new
+ neighbors. He fired a shot from an arquebuse against the wreck of the
+ Santa Maria, so that the Indians might see the power of his artillery. The
+ Indian chief expressed his regret at the approaching departure, and the
+ Spaniards thought that one of his courtiers said that the chief had
+ ordered him to make a statue of pure gold as large as the Admiral.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus explained to the friendly chief that with such arms as the
+ sovereigns of Castile commanded they could readily destroy the dreaded
+ Caribs. And he thought he had made such an impression that the islanders
+ would be the firm friends of the colonists.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I have bidden them build a solid tower and defense, over a vault. Not
+ that I think this necessary against the natives, for I am satisfied that
+ with a handful of people I could conquer the whole island, were it
+ necessary, although it is, as far as I can judge, larger than Portugal,
+ and twice as thickly peopled.&rdquo; In this cheerful estimate of the people
+ Columbus was wholly wrong, as the sad events proved before the year had
+ gone by.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He left thirty-nine men to be the garrison of this fort; and the colony
+ which was to discover the mine of gold. In command he placed Diego da
+ Arana, Pedro Gutierres and Rodrigo de Segovia. To us, who have more
+ experience of colonies and colonists than he had had, it does not seem to
+ promise well that Rodrigo was &ldquo;the king&rsquo;s chamberlain and an officer of
+ the first lord of the household.&rdquo; Of these three, Diego da Arana was to be
+ the governor, and the other two his lieutenants. The rest were all
+ sailors, but among them there were Columbus&rsquo;s secretary, an alguazil, or
+ person commissioned in the civil service at home, an &ldquo;arquebusier,&rdquo; who
+ was also a good engineer, a tailor, a ship carpenter, a cooper and a
+ physician. So the little colony had its share of artificers and men of
+ practical skill. They all staid willingly, delighted with the prospects of
+ their new home.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On the third of January Columbus sailed for Europe in the little Nina.
+ With her own crew and the addition she received from the Santa Maria, she
+ must have been badly crowded. Fortunately for all parties, on Sunday, the
+ third day of the voyage, while they were still in sight of land, the Pinta
+ came in sight. Martin Pinzon came on board the Nina and offered excuses
+ for his absence. Columbus was not really satisfied with them, but he
+ affected to be, as this was no moment for a quarrel. He believed that
+ Pinzon had left him, that, in the Pinta, he might be alone when he
+ discovered the rich gold-bearing island of Babeque or Baneque. Although
+ the determination was made to return, another week was spent in slow
+ coasting, or in waiting for wind. It brought frequent opportunities for
+ meeting the natives, in one of which they showed a desire to take some of
+ their visitors captive. This would only have been a return for a capture
+ made by Pinzon of several of their number, whom Columbus, on his meeting
+ Pinzon, had freed. In this encounter two of the Indians were wounded, one
+ by a sword, one by an arrow. It would seem that he did not show them the
+ power of firearms.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ This was in the Bay of Samana, which Columbus called &ldquo;The Bay of Arrows,&rdquo;
+ from the skirmish or quarrel which took place there. They then sailed
+ sixty-four miles cast, a quarter northeast, and thought they saw the land
+ of the Caribs, which he was seeking. But here, at length, his authority
+ over his crew failed. The men were eager to go home;&mdash;did not,
+ perhaps, like the idea of fight with the man-eating Caribs. There was a
+ good western wind, and on the evening of the sixteenth of January Columbus
+ gave way and they bore away for home.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus had satisfied himself in this week that there were many islands
+ east of him which he had not hit upon, and that to the easternmost of
+ these, from the Canaries, the distance would prove not more than four
+ hundred leagues. In this supposition he was wholly wrong, though a chain
+ of islands does extend to the southeast.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He seems to have observed the singular regularity by which the trade winds
+ bore him steadily westward as he came over. He had no wish to visit the
+ Canary Islands again, and with more wisdom than could have been expected,
+ from his slight knowledge of the Atlantic winds, he bore north. Until the
+ fourteenth of February the voyage was prosperous and uneventful. One day
+ the captive Indians amused the sailors by swimming. There is frequent
+ mention of the green growth of the Sargasso sea. But on the fourteenth all
+ this changed. The simple journal thus describes the terrible tempest which
+ endangered the two vessels, and seemed, at the moment, to cut off the hope
+ of their return to Europe.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Monday, February 14.&mdash;This night the wind increased still more; the
+ waves were terrible. Coming from two opposite directions, they crossed
+ each other, and stopped the progress of the vessel, which could neither
+ proceed nor get out from among them; and as they began continually to
+ break over the ship, the Admiral caused the main-sail to be lowered. She
+ proceeded thus during three hours, and made twenty miles. The sea became
+ heavier and heavier, and the wind more and more violent. Seeing the danger
+ imminent, he allowed himself to drift in whatever direction the wind took
+ him, because he could do nothing else. Then the Pinta, of which Martin
+ Alonzo Pinzon was the commander, began to drift also; but she disappeared
+ very soon, although all through the night the Admiral made signals with
+ lights to her, and she answered as long as she could, till she was
+ prevented, probably by the force of the tempest, and by her deviation from
+ the course which the Admiral followed.&rdquo; Columbus did not see the Pinta
+ again until she arrived at Palos. He was himself driven fifty-four miles
+ towards the northeast.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The journal continues. &ldquo;After sunrise the strength of the wind increased,
+ and the sea became still more terrible. The Admiral all this time kept his
+ mainsail lowered, so that the vessel might rise from among the waves which
+ washed over it, and which threatened to sink it. The Admiral followed, at
+ first, the direction of east-northeast, and afterwards due northeast. He
+ sailed about six hours in this direction, and thus made seven leagues and
+ a half. He gave orders that every sailor should draw lots as to who should
+ make a pilgrimage to Santa Maria of Guadeloupe, to carry her a five-pound
+ wax candle. And each one took a vow that he to whom the lot fell should
+ make the pilgrimage.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;For this purpose, he gave orders to take as many dry peas as there were
+ persons in the ship, and to cut, with a knife, a cross upon one of them,
+ and to put them all into a cap, and to shake them up well. The first who
+ put his hand in was the Admiral. He drew out the dry pea marked with the
+ cross; so it was upon him that the lot fell, and he regarded himself,
+ after that, as a pilgrim, obliged to carry into effect the vow which he
+ had thus taken. They drew lots a second time, to select a person to go as
+ pilgrim to Our Lady of Lorette, which is within the boundaries of Ancona,
+ making a part of the States of the Church: it is a place where the Holy
+ Virgin has worked and continues to work many and great miracles. The lot
+ having fallen this time upon a sailor of the harbor of Santa Maria, named
+ Pedro de Villa, the Admiral promised to give him all the money necessary
+ for the expenses. He decided that a third pilgrim should be sent to watch
+ one night at Santa Clara of Moguer, and to have a mass said there. For
+ this purpose, they again shook up the dry peas, not forgetting that one
+ which was marked with the cross, and the lot fell once again to the
+ Admiral himself. He then took, as did all his crew, the vow that, on the
+ first shore which they might reach, they would go in their shirts, in a
+ procession, to make a prayer in some church in invocation of Our Lady.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Besides the general vows, or those taken by all in common, each man made
+ his own special vow, because nobody expected to escape. The storm which
+ they experienced was so terrible, that all regarded themselves as lost;
+ what increased the danger was the circumstance that the vessel lacked
+ ballast, because the consumption of food, water and wine had greatly
+ diminished her load. The hope of the continuance of weather as fine as
+ that which they had experienced in all the islands, was the reason why the
+ Admiral had not provided his vessel with the proper amount of ballast.
+ Moreover, his plan had been to ballast it in the Women&rsquo;s Island, whither
+ he had from the first determined to go. The remedy which the Admiral
+ employed was to fill with sea water, as soon as possible, all the empty
+ barrels which had previously held either wine or fresh water. In this way
+ the difficulty was remedied.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;The Admiral tells here the reasons for fearing that our Saviour would
+ allow him to become the victim of this tempest, and other reasons which
+ made him hope that God would come to his assistance, and cause him to
+ arrive safe and sound, so that intelligence such as that which he was
+ conveying to the king and queen would not perish with him. The strong
+ desire which he had to be the bearer of intelligence so important, and to
+ prove the truth of all which he had said, and that all which he had tried
+ to discover had really been discovered, seemed to contribute precisely to
+ inspire him with the greatest fear that he could not succeed. He
+ confessed, himself, that every mosquito that passed before his eyes was
+ enough to annoy and trouble him. He attributed this to his little faith,
+ and his lack of confidence in Divine Providence. On the other hand, he was
+ re-animated by the favors which God had shown him in granting to him so
+ great a triumph as that which he had achieved, in all his discoveries, in
+ fulfilling all his wishes, and in granting that, after having experienced
+ in Castile so many rebuffs and disappointments, all his hopes should at
+ last be more than surpassed. In one word, as the sovereign master of the
+ universe, had, in the outset, distinguished him in granting all his
+ requests, before he had carried out his expedition for God&rsquo;s greatest
+ glory, and before it had succeeded, he was compelled to believe now that
+ God would preserve him to complete the work which he had begun.&rdquo; Such is
+ Las Casas&rsquo;s abridgment of Columbus&rsquo;s words.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;For which reasons he said he ought to have had no fear of the tempest
+ that was raging. But his weakness and anguish did not leave him a moment&rsquo;s
+ calm. He also said that his greatest grief was the thought of leaving his
+ two boys orphans. They were at Cordova, at their studies. What would
+ become of them in a strange land, without father or mother? for the king
+ and queen, being ignorant of the services he had rendered them in this
+ voyage, and of the good news which he was bringing to them, would not be
+ bound by any consideration to serve as their protectors.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Full of this thought, he sought, even in the storm, some means of
+ apprising their highnesses of the victory which the Lord had granted him,
+ in permitting him to discover in the Indies all which he had sought in his
+ voyage, and to let them know that these coasts were free from storms,
+ which is proved, he said, by the growth of herbage and trees even to the
+ edge of the sea. With this purpose, that, if he perished in this tempest,
+ the king and queen might have some news of his voyage, he took a parchment
+ and wrote on it all that he could of his discoveries, and urgently begged
+ that whoever found it would carry it to the king and queen. He rolled up
+ this parchment in a piece of waxed linen, closed this parcel tightly, and
+ tied it up securely; he had brought to him a large wooden barrel, within
+ which he placed it, without anybody&rsquo;s knowing what it was. Everybody
+ thought the proceeding was some act of devotion. He then caused it to be
+ thrown into the sea.&rdquo; (*)
+ </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+ (*) Within a few months, in the summer of 1890, a well known
+ English publisher has issued an interesting and ingenious
+ edition, of what pretended to be a facsimile of this
+ document. The reader is asked to believe that the lost
+ barrel has just now been found on the western coast of
+ England. But publishers and purchasers know alike that this
+ is only an amusing suggestion of what might have been.
+</pre>
+ <p>
+ The sudden and heavy showers, and the squalls which followed some time
+ afterwards, changed the wind, which turned to the west. They had the wind
+ thus abaft, and he sailed thus during five hours with the foresail only,
+ having always the troubled sea, and made at once two leagues and a half
+ towards the northeast. He had lowered the main topmast lest a wave might
+ carry it away.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ With a heavy wind astern, so that the sea frequently broke over the little
+ Nina, she made eastward rapidly, and at daybreak on the fifteenth they saw
+ land. The Admiral knew that he had made the Azores, he had been steadily
+ directing the course that way; some of the seamen thought they were at
+ Madeira, and some hopeful ones thought they saw the rock of Cintra in
+ Portugal. Columbus did not land till the eighteenth, when he sent some men
+ on shore, upon the island of Santa Maria. His news of discovery was at
+ first received with enthusiasm.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ But there followed a period of disagreeable negotiation with Castaneda,
+ the governor of the Azores. Pretending great courtesy and hospitality, but
+ really acting upon the orders of the king of Portugal, he did his best to
+ disable Columbus and even seized some of his crew and kept them prisoners
+ for some days. When Columbus once had them on board again, he gave up his
+ plans for taking ballast and water on these inhospitable islands, and
+ sailed for Europe.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He had again a stormy passage. Again they were in imminent danger. &ldquo;But
+ God was good enough to save him. He caused the crew to draw lots to send
+ to Notre Dame de la Cintra, at the island of Huelva, a pilgrim who should
+ come there in his shirt. The lot fell upon himself. All the crew,
+ including the Admiral, vowed to fast on bread and water on the first
+ Saturday which should come after the arrival of the vessel. He had
+ proceeded sixty miles before the sails were torn; then they went under
+ masts and shrouds on account of the unusual strength of the wind, and the
+ roughness of the sea, which pressed them almost on all sides. They saw
+ indications of the nearness of the land; they were in fact, very near
+ Lisbon.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ At Lisbon, after a reception which was at first cordial, the Portuguese
+ officers showed an inhospitality like that of Castaneda at the Azores. But
+ the king himself showed more dignity and courtesy. He received the
+ storm-tossed Admiral with distinction, and permitted him to refit his
+ shattered vessel with all he needed. Columbus took this occasion to write
+ to his own sovereigns.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On the thirteenth he sailed again, and on the fifteenth entered the bay
+ and harbor of Palos, which he had left six months and a half before. He
+ had sailed on Friday. He had discovered America on Friday. And on Friday
+ he safely returned to his home.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ His journal of the voyage ends with these words: &ldquo;I see by this voyage
+ that God has wonderfully proved what I say, as anybody may convince
+ himself, by reading this narrative, by the signal wonders which he has
+ worked during the course of my voyage, and in favor of myself, who have
+ been for so long a time at the court of your Highnesses in opposition and
+ contrary to the opinions of so many distinguished personages of your
+ household, who all opposed me, treating my project as a dream, and my
+ undertaking as a chimera. And I hope still, nevertheless, in our Lord,
+ this voyage will bring the greatest honor to Christianity, although it has
+ been performed with so much ease.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0007" id="link2HCH0007">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER VII. &mdash; COLUMBUS IS CALLED TO MEET THE KING AND QUEEN
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ &mdash;HIS MAGNIFICENT RECEPTION&mdash;NEGOTIATIONS WITH THE POPE AND WITH
+ THE KING OF PORTUGAL&mdash;SECOND EXPEDITION ORDERED&mdash;FONSECA&mdash;THE
+ PREPARATIONS AT CADIZ.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The letter which Columbus sent from Lisbon to the king and queen was
+ everywhere published. It excited the enthusiasm first of Spain and then of
+ the world. This letter found in the earlier editions is now one of the
+ most choice curiosities of libraries. Well it may be, for it is the first
+ public announcement of the greatest event of modern history.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Ferdinand and Isabella directed him to wait upon them at once at court. It
+ happened that they were then residing at Barcelona, on the eastern coast
+ of Spain, so that the journey required to fulfill their wishes carried him
+ quite across the kingdom. It was a journey of triumph. The people came
+ together in throngs to meet this peaceful conqueror who brought with him
+ such amazing illustrations of his discovery.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The letter bearing instructions for him to proceed to Barcelona was
+ addressed &ldquo;To Don Christopher Columbus, our Admiral of the Ocean Sea,
+ Viceroy and Governor of the islands discovered in the Indies.&rdquo; So far was
+ he now raised above the rank of a poor adventurer, who had for seven years
+ attended the court in its movements, seeking an opportunity to explain his
+ proposals.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ As he approached Barcelona he was met by a large company of people,
+ including many persons of rank. A little procession was formed of the
+ party of the Admiral. Six Indians of the islands who had survived the
+ voyage, led the way. They were painted according to their custom in
+ various colors, and ornamented with the fatal gold of their countries,
+ which had given to the discovery such interest in the eyes of those who
+ looked on.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus had brought ten Indians away with him, but one had died on the
+ voyage and he had left three sick at Palos. Those whom he brought to
+ Barcelona, were baptized in presence of the king and queen.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ After the Indians, were brought many curious objects which had come from
+ the islands, such as stuffed birds and beasts and living paroquets, which
+ perhaps spoke in the language of their own country, and rare plants, so
+ different from those of Spain. Ornaments of gold were displayed, which
+ would give the people some idea of the wealth of the islands. Last of all
+ came Columbus, elegantly mounted and surrounded by a brilliant cavalcade
+ of young Spaniards. The crowd of wondering people pressed around them.
+ Balconies and windows were crowded with women looking on. Even the roofs
+ were crowded with spectators.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The king and queen awaited Columbus in a large hall, where they were
+ seated on a rich dais covered with gold brocade. It was in the palace
+ known as the &ldquo;Casa de la Deputacion&rdquo; which the kings of Aragon made their
+ residence when they were in Barcelona. A body of the most distinguished
+ lords and ladies of Spain were in attendance. As Columbus entered the hall
+ the king and queen arose. He fell on his knee that he might kiss their
+ hands but they bade him rise and then sit and give an account of his
+ voyage.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus spoke with dignity and simplicity which commanded respect, while
+ all listened with sympathy. He showed some of the treasures he had
+ brought, and spoke with certainty of the discoveries which had been made,
+ as only precursors of those yet to come. When his short narrative was
+ ended, all the company knelt and united in chanting the &ldquo;Te Deum,&rdquo; &ldquo;We
+ Praise Thee, O God.&rdquo; Las Casas, describing the joy and hope of that
+ occasion says, &ldquo;it seems as if they had a foretaste of the joys of
+ paradise.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It would seem as if those whose duty it is to prepare fit celebrations of
+ the periods of the great discovery, could hardly do better than to produce
+ on the twenty-fourth of April, 1893, a reproduction of the solemn pageant
+ in which, in Barcelona, four centuries before, the Spanish court
+ commemorated the great discovery.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ From this time, for several weeks, a series of pageants and festivities
+ surrounded him. At no other period of his life were such honors paid to
+ him. It was at one of the banquets, at which he was present, that the
+ incident of the egg, so often told in connection with the great discovery,
+ took place. A flippant courtier&mdash;of that large class of people who
+ stay at home when great deeds are done, and afterwards depreciate the
+ doers of them&mdash;had the impertinence to ask Columbus, if the adventure
+ so much praised was not, after all, a very simple matter. He probably said
+ &ldquo;a short voyage of four or five weeks; was it anything more?&rdquo; Columbus
+ replied by giving him an egg which was on the table, and asking him if he
+ could stand it on one end. He said he could not, and the other guests said
+ that they could not. Columbus tapped it on the table so as to break the
+ end of the shell, and the egg stood erect. &ldquo;It is easy enough,&rdquo; he said,
+ &ldquo;when any one has shown you how.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It is well to remember, that if after years showed that the ruler of Spain
+ wearied in his gratitude, Columbus was, at the time, welcomed with the
+ enthusiasm which he deserved. From the very grains of gold brought home in
+ this first triumph, the queen, Isabella, had the golden illumination
+ wrought of a most beautiful missal-book.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Distinguished artists decorated the book, and the portraits of sovereigns
+ then on the throne appear as the representations of King David, King
+ Solomon, the Queen of Sheba and other royal personages. This book she gave
+ afterwards to her grandson, Charles V, of whom it has been said that
+ perhaps no man in modern times has done the world more harm.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ This precious book, bearing on its gilded leaves the first fruits of
+ America, is now preserved in the Royal Library at Madrid.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The time was not occupied merely in shows and banquets. There was no
+ difficulty now, about funds for a second expedition. Directions were given
+ that it might be set forward as quickly as possible, and on an imposing
+ scale. For it was feared at court that King John of Portugal, the
+ successful rival of Spain, thus far, in maritime adventure, might
+ anticipate further discovery. The sovereigns at once sent an embassy to
+ the pope, not simply to announce the discovery, but to obtain from him a
+ decree confirming similar discoveries in the same direction. There was at
+ least one precedent for such action. A former pope had granted to Portugal
+ all the lands it might discover in Africa, south of Cape Bojador, and the
+ Spanish crown had assented by treaty to this arrangement. Ferdinand and
+ Isabella could now refer to this precedent, in asking for a grant to them
+ of their discoveries on the western side of the Atlantic. The pope now
+ reigning was Alexander II. He had not long filled the papal chair. He was
+ an ambitious and prudent sovereign&mdash;a native of Spain&mdash;and,
+ although he would gladly have pleased the king of Portugal, he was quite
+ unwilling to displease the Spanish sovereigns. The Roman court received
+ with respect the request made to them. The pope expressed his joy at the
+ hopes thrown out for the conversion of the heathen, which the Spanish
+ sovereigns had expressed, as Columbus had always done. And so prompt were
+ the Spanish requests, and so ready the pope&rsquo;s answer, that as early as May
+ 3, 1493, a papal bull was issued to meet the wishes of Spain.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ This bull determined for Spain and for Portugal, that all discoveries made
+ west of a meridian line one hundred leagues west of the Azores should
+ belong to Spain. All discoveries east of that line should belong to
+ Portugal. No reference was made to other maritime powers, and it does not
+ seem to have been supposed that other states had any rights in such
+ matters. The line thus arranged for the two nations was changed by their
+ own agreement, in 1494, for a north and south line three hundred and fifty
+ leagues west of the Cape de Verde Islands. The difference between the two
+ lines was not supposed to be important.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The decision thus made was long respected. Under a mistaken impression as
+ to the longitude of the Philippine Islands in the East Indies, Spain has
+ held those islands, under this line of division, ever since their
+ discovery by Magellan. She considered herself entitled to all the islands
+ and lands between the meridian thus drawn in the Atlantic and the similar
+ meridian one hundred and eighty degrees away, on exactly the other side of
+ the world.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Under the same line of division, Portugal held, for three centuries and
+ more, Brazil, which projects so far eastward into the Atlantic as to cross
+ this line of division.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Fearful, all the time, that neither the pope&rsquo;s decree, nor any diplomacy
+ would prevent the king of Portugal from attempting to seize lands at the
+ west, the Spanish court pressed with eagerness arrangements for a second
+ expedition. It was to be on a large and generous scale and to take out a
+ thousand men. For this was the first plan, though the number afterwards
+ was increased to fifteen hundred. To give efficiency to all the measures
+ of colonization, what we should call a new department of administration
+ was formed, and at the head of it was placed Juan Rodriguez de Fonseca.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Fonseca held this high and responsible position for thirty years. He early
+ conceived a great dislike of Columbus, who, in some transactions before
+ this expedition sailed, appealed to the sovereigns to set aside a decision
+ of Fonseca&rsquo;s, and succeeded. For all the period while he managed the
+ Indian affairs of Spain, Fonseca kept his own interests in sight more
+ closely than those of Spain or of the colonists; and not Columbus only,
+ but every other official of Spain in the West Indies, had reason to regret
+ the appointment.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The king of Portugal and the sovereigns of Spain began complicated and
+ suspicious negotiations with each other regarding the new discoveries.
+ Eventually, as has been said, they acceded to the pope&rsquo;s proposal and
+ decree. But, at first, distrusting each other, and concealing their real
+ purposes, in the worst style of the diplomacy of that time, they attempted
+ treaties for the adjustment between themselves of the right to lands not
+ yet discovered by either. Of these negotiations, the important result was
+ that which has been named,&mdash;the change of the meridian of division
+ from that proposed by the pope. It is curious now to see that the king of
+ Portugal proposed a line of division, which would run east and west, so
+ that Spain should have the new territories north of the latitude of the
+ Grand Canary, and Portugal all to the south.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ In the midst of negotiation, the king and queen and Columbus knew that
+ whoever was first on the ground of discovery would have the great
+ advantage. There was a rumor in Spain that Portugal had already sent out
+ vessels to the west. Everything was pressed with alacrity at Cadiz. The
+ expedition was to be under Columbus&rsquo;s absolute command. Seamen of
+ reputation were engaged to serve under him. Seventeen vessels were to take
+ out a colony. Horses as well as cattle and other domestic animals were
+ provided. Seeds and plants of different kinds were sent out, and to this
+ first colonization by Spain, America owes the sugar-cane, and perhaps some
+ other of her tropical productions.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus remained in Barcelona until the twenty-third of May. But before
+ that time, the important orders for the expedition had been given. He then
+ went to Cadiz himself, and gave his personal attention to the
+ preparations. Applications were eagerly pressed, from all quarters, for
+ permission to go. Young men of high family were eager to try the great
+ adventure. It was necessary to enlarge the number from that at first
+ proposed. The increase of expense, ordered as the plans enlarged, did not
+ please Fonseca. To quarrels between him and Columbus at this time have
+ been referred the persecutions which Columbus afterwards suffered. In this
+ case the king sustained Columbus in all his requisitions, and Fonseca was
+ obliged to answer them.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ So rapidly were all these preparations made, that, in a little more than a
+ year from the sailing of the first expedition, the second, on a scale so
+ much larger, was ready for sea.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0008" id="link2HCH0008">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER VIII. &mdash; THE SECOND EXPEDITION SAILS
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ &mdash;FROM CADIZ AT CANARY ISLANDS&mdash;DISCOVERY OF DOMINICA AND
+ GUADELOUPE&mdash;SKIRMISHES WITH THE CARIBS&mdash;PORTO RICO DISCOVERED&mdash;HISPANIOLA&mdash;THE
+ FATE OF THE COLONY AT LA NAVIDAD.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ There is not in history a sharper contrast, or one more dramatic, than
+ that between the first voyage of Columbus and the second. In the first
+ voyage, three little ships left the port of Palos, most of the men of
+ their crews unwilling, after infinite difficulty in preparation, and in
+ the midst of the fears of all who stayed behind.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ In the second voyage, a magnificent fleet, equipped with all that the
+ royal service could command, crowded with eager adventurers who are
+ excited by expectations of romance and of success, goes on the very same
+ adventure.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ In the first voyage, Columbus has but just turned the corner after the
+ struggles and failures of eight years. He is a penniless adventurer who
+ has staked all his reputation on a scheme in which he has hardly any
+ support. In the second case, Columbus is the governor-general, for aught
+ he knows, of half the world, of all the countries he is to discover; and
+ he knows enough, and all men around him know enough, to see that his
+ domain may be a principality indeed.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Success brings with it its disadvantages. The world has learned since, if
+ it did not know it then, that one hundred and fifty sailors, used to the
+ hard work and deprivations of a seafaring life, would be a much more
+ efficient force for purposes of discovery, than a thousand and more
+ courtiers who have left the presence of the king and queen in the hope of
+ personal advancement or of romantic adventure. Those dainty people, who
+ would have been soldiers if there were no gunpowder, are not men to found
+ states; and the men who have lived in the ante-chambers of courts are not
+ people who co-operate sympathetically with an experienced man of affairs
+ like Columbus.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ From this time forward this is to be but a sad history, and the sadness,
+ nay, the cruelty of the story, results largely from the composition of the
+ body of men whom Columbus took with him on this occasion. It is no longer
+ coopers and blacksmiths and boatswains and sailmakers who surround him.
+ These were officers of court, whose titles even cannot be translated into
+ modern language, so artificial were their habits and so conventional the
+ duties to which they had been accustomed. Such men it was, who made poor
+ Columbus endless trouble. Such men it was, who, at the last, dragged him
+ down from his noble position, so that he died unhonored, dispirited and
+ poor. To the same misfortune, probably, do we owe it that, for a history
+ of this voyage, we have no longer authority so charming as the simple,
+ gossipy journal which Columbus kept through the first voyage, of which the
+ greater part has happily been preserved. It may be that he was too much
+ pressed by his varied duties to keep up such a journal. For it is alas! an
+ unfortunate condition of human life, that men are most apt to write
+ journals when they have nothing to tell, and that in the midst of high
+ activity, the record of that activity is not made by the actor. In the
+ present case, a certain Doctor Chanca, a native of Seville, had been taken
+ on board Columbus&rsquo;s ship, perhaps with the wish that he should be the
+ historian of the expedition. It may be that in the fact that his journal
+ was sent home is the reason why the Admiral&rsquo;s, if he kept one, has never
+ been preserved. Doctor Chanca&rsquo;s narrative is our principal contemporary
+ account of the voyage. From later authorities much can be added to it, but
+ all of them put together are not, for the purposes of history, equal to
+ the simple contemporaneous statement which we could have had, had
+ Columbus&rsquo;s own journal been preserved.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The great fleet sailed from Cadiz on the twenty-fifth day of September, in
+ the year 1493, rather more than thirteen months after the sailing of the
+ little fleet from Palos of the year before. They touched at the Grand
+ Canary as before, but at this time their vessels were in good condition
+ and there was no dissatisfaction among the crews. From this time the
+ voyage across the ocean was short. On the third day of November, 11 the
+ Sunday after All Saints Day had dawned, a pilot on the ship cried out to
+ the captain that he saw land. &ldquo;So great was the joy among the people, that
+ it was marvellous to hear the shouts of pleasure on all hands. And for
+ this there was much reason because the people were so much fatigued by the
+ hard life and by the water which they drank that they all hoped for land
+ with much desire.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The reader will see that this is the ejaculation of a tired landsman; one
+ might say, of a tired scholar, who was glad that even the short voyage was
+ at an end. Some of the pilots supposed that the distance which they had
+ run was eight hundred leagues from Ferro; others thought it was seven
+ hundred and eighty. As the light increased, there were two islands in
+ sight the first was mountainous, being the island of &ldquo;Dominica,&rdquo; which
+ still retains that name, of the Sunday when it was discovered; the other,
+ the island of Maria Galante, is more level, but like the first, as it is
+ described by Dr. Chanca, it was well wooded. The island received its name
+ from the ship that Columbus commanded. In all, they discovered six islands
+ on this day.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Finding no harbor which satisfied him in Dominica, Columbus landed on the
+ island of Maria Galante, and took possession of it in the name of the king
+ and queen. Dr. Chanca expresses the amazement which everyone had felt on
+ the other voyage, at the immense variety of trees, of fruits and of
+ flowers, which to this hour is the joy of the traveller in the West
+ Indies.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;In this island was such thickness of forest that it was wonderful, and
+ such a variety of trees, unknown to anyone, that it was terrible, some
+ with fruit, some with flowers, so that everything was green. * * * There
+ were wild fruits of different sorts, which some not very wise men tried,
+ and, on merely tasting them, touching them with their tongues, their faces
+ swelled and they had such great burning and pain that they seemed to rage
+ (or to have hydrophobia). They were cured with cold things.&rdquo; This fruit is
+ supposed to have been the manchireel, which is known to produce such
+ effects.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They found no inhabitants on this island and went on to another, now
+ called Guadeloupe. It received this name from its resemblance to a
+ province of the same name in Spain. They drew near a mountain upon it
+ which &ldquo;seemed to be trying to reach the sky,&rdquo; upon which was a beautiful
+ waterfall, so white with foam that at a distance some of the sailors
+ thought it was not water, but white rocks. The Admiral sent a light
+ caravel to coast along and find harbor. This vessel discovered some
+ houses, and the captain went ashore and found the inhabitants in them.
+ They fled at once, and he entered the houses. There he found that they had
+ taken nothing away. There was much cotton, &ldquo;spun and to be spun,&rdquo; and
+ other goods of theirs, and he took a little of everything, among other
+ things, two parrots, larger and different from what had been seen before.
+ He also took four or five bones of the legs and arms of men. This last
+ discovery made the Spaniards suppose that these islands were those of
+ Caribs, inhabited by the cannibals of whom they had heard in the first
+ voyage.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They went on along the coast, passing by some little villages, from which
+ the inhabitants fled, &ldquo;as soon as they saw the sails.&rdquo; The Admiral decided
+ to send ashore to make investigations, and next morning &ldquo;certain captains&rdquo;
+ landed. At dinnertime some of them returned, bringing with them a boy of
+ fourteen, who said that he was one of the captives of the people of the
+ island. The others divided, and one party &ldquo;took a little boy and brought
+ him on board.&rdquo; Another party took a number of women, some of them natives
+ of the island, and others captives, who came of their own accord. One
+ captain, Diego Marquez, with his men, went off from the others and lost
+ his way with his party. After four days he came out on the coast, and by
+ following that, he succeeded in coming to the fleet. Their friends
+ supposed them to have been killed and eaten by the Caribs, as, since some
+ of them were pilots and able to set their course by the pole-star, it
+ seemed impossible that they should lose themselves.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ During the first day Columbus spent here, many men and women came to the
+ water&rsquo;s edge, &ldquo;looking at the fleet and wondering at such a new thing; and
+ when any boat came ashore to talk with them, saying, &lsquo;tayno, tayno,&rsquo; which
+ means good. But they were all ready to run when they seemed in danger, so
+ that of the men only two could be taken by force or free-will. There were
+ taken more than twenty women of the captives, and of their free-will came
+ other women, born in other islands, who were stolen away and taken by
+ force. Certain captive boys came to us. In this harbor we were eight days
+ on account of the loss of the said captain.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They found great quantities of human bones on shore, and skulls hanging
+ like pots or cups about the houses. They saw few men. The women said that
+ this was because ten canoes had gone on a robbing or kidnapping expedition
+ to other islands. &ldquo;This people,&rdquo; says Doctor Chanca, &ldquo;appeared to us more
+ polite than those who live in the other islands we have seen, though they
+ all have straw houses.&rdquo; But he goes on to say that these houses are better
+ made and provided, and that more of both men&rsquo;s and women&rsquo;s work appeared
+ in them. They had not only plenty of spun and unspun cotton, but many
+ cotton mantles, &ldquo;so well woven that they yield in nothing (or owe nothing)
+ to those of our country.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ When the women, who had been found captives, were asked who the people of
+ the island were, they replied that they were Caribs. &ldquo;When they heard that
+ we abhorred such people for their evil use of eating men&rsquo;s flesh, they
+ rejoiced much.&rdquo; But even in the captivity which all shared, they showed
+ fear of their old masters.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;The customs of this people, the Caribs,&rdquo; says Dr. Chanca, &ldquo;are beastly;&rdquo;
+ and it would be difficult not to agree with him, in spite of the
+ &ldquo;politeness&rdquo; and comparative civilization he has spoken of.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They occupied three islands, and lived in harmony with each other, but
+ made war in their canoes on all the other islands in the neighborhood.
+ They used arrows in warfare, but had no iron. Some of them used
+ arrow-heads of tortoise shell, others sharply toothed fish-bones, which
+ could do a good deal of damage among unarmed men. &ldquo;But for people of our
+ nation, they are not arms to be feared much.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ These Caribs carried off both men and women on their robbing expeditions.
+ They slaughtered and ate the men, and kept the women as slaves; they were,
+ in short, incredibly cruel. Three of the captive boys ran away and joined
+ the Spaniards.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They had twice sent out expeditions after the lost captain, Diego Marquez,
+ and another party had returned without news of him, on the very day on
+ which he and his men came in. They brought with them ten captives, boys
+ and women. They were received with great joy. &ldquo;He and those that were with
+ him, arrived so DESTROYED BY THE MOUNTAIN, that it was pitiful to see
+ them. When they were asked how they had lost themselves, they said that it
+ was the thickness of the trees, so great that they could not see the sky,
+ and that some of them, who were mariners, had climbed up the trees to look
+ at the star (the Pole-star) and that they never could see it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ One of the accounts of this voyage(*) relates that the captive women, who
+ had taken refuge with the Spaniards, were persuaded by them to entice some
+ of the Caribs to the beach. &ldquo;But these men, when they had seen our people,
+ all struck by terror, or the consciousness of their evil deeds, looking at
+ each other, suddenly drew together, and very lightly, like a flight of
+ birds, fled away to the valleys of the woods. Our men then, not having
+ succeeded in taking any cannibals, retired to the ships and broke the
+ Indians&rsquo; canoes.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+ (*) That of Peter Martyr.
+</pre>
+ <p>
+ They left Guadeloupe on Sunday, the tenth of November. They passed several
+ islands, but stopped at none of them, as they were in haste to arrive at
+ the settlement of La Navidad in Hispaniola, made on the first voyage. They
+ did, however, make some stay at an island which seemed well populated.
+ This was that of San Martin. The Admiral sent a boat ashore to ask what
+ people lived on the island, and to ask his way, although, as he afterwards
+ found, his own calculations were so correct that he did not need any help.
+ The boat&rsquo;s crew took some captives, and as it was going back to the ships,
+ a canoe came up in which were four men, two women and a boy. They were so
+ astonished at seeing the fleet, that they remained, wondering what it
+ could be, &ldquo;two Lombard-shot from the ship,&rdquo; and did not see the boat till
+ it was close to them. They now tried to get off, but were so pressed by
+ the boat that they could not. &ldquo;The Caribs, as soon as they saw that flight
+ did not profit them, with much boldness laid hands on their bows, the
+ women as well as the men. And I say with much boldness, because they were
+ no more than four men and two women, and ours more than twenty-five, of
+ whom they wounded two. To one they gave two arrow-shots in the breast, and
+ to the other one in the ribs. And if we had not had shields and
+ tablachutas, and had not come up quickly with the boat and overturned
+ their canoe, they would have shot the most of our men with their arrows.
+ And after their canoe was overturned, they remained in the water swimming,
+ and at times getting foothold, for there were some shallow places there.
+ And our men had much ado to take them, for they still kept on shooting as
+ they could. And with all this, not one of them could be taken, except one
+ badly wounded with a lance-thrust, who died, whom thus wounded they
+ carried to the ships.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Another account of this fight says that the canoe was commanded by one of
+ the women, who seemed to be a queen, who had a son &ldquo;of cruel look, robust,
+ with a lion&rsquo;s face, who followed her.&rdquo; This account represents the queen&rsquo;s
+ son to have been wounded, as well as the man who died. &ldquo;The Caribs
+ differed from the other Indians in having long hair; the others wore
+ theirs braided and a hundred thousand differences made in their heads,
+ with crosses and other paintings of different sorts, each one as he
+ desires, which they do with sharp canes.&rdquo; The Indians, both the Caribs and
+ the others, were beardless, unless by a great exception. The Caribs, who
+ had been taken prisoners here, had their eyes and eyebrows blackened,
+ &ldquo;which, it seems to me, they do as an ornament, and with that they appear
+ more frightful.&rdquo; They heard from these prisoners of much gold at an island
+ called Cayre.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They left San Martin on the same day, and passed the island of Santa Cruz,
+ and the next day (November 15) they saw a great number of islands, which
+ the Admiral named Santa Ursula and the Eleven Thousand Virgins. This
+ seemed &ldquo;a country fit for metals,&rdquo; but the fleet made no stay there. They
+ did stop for two days at an island called Burenquen. The Admiral named it
+ San Juan Bautista (Saint John Baptist). It is what we now call Porto Rico.
+ He was not able to communicate with any of the inhabitants, as they lived
+ in such fear of the Caribs that they all fled. All these islands were new
+ to the Admiral and all &ldquo;very beautiful and of very good land, but this one
+ seemed better than all of them.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On Friday, the twenty-second of November, they landed at the island of
+ Hispaniola or Hayti which they so much desired. None of the party who had
+ made the first voyage were acquainted with this part of the island; but
+ they conjectured what it was, from what the Indian captive women told
+ them.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The part of the island where they arrived was called Hayti, another part
+ Xamana, and the third Bohio. &ldquo;It is a very singular country,&rdquo; says Dr.
+ Chanca, &ldquo;where there are numberless great rivers and great mountain ridges
+ and great level valleys. I think the grass never dries in the whole year.
+ I do not think that there is any winter in this (island) nor in the
+ others, for at Christmas are found many birds&rsquo; nests, some with birds, and
+ some with eggs.&rdquo; The only four-footed animals found in these islands were
+ what Dr. Chanca calls dogs of various colors, and one animal like a young
+ rabbit, which climbed trees. Many persons ate these last and said they
+ were very good. There were many small snakes, and few lizards, because the
+ Indians were so fond of eating them. &ldquo;They made as much of a feast of them
+ as we would do of pheasants.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;There are in this island and the others numberless birds, of those of our
+ country, and many others which never were seen there. Of our domestic
+ birds, none have ever been seen here, except that in Zuruquia there were
+ some ducks in the houses, most of them white as snow, and others black.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They coasted along this island for several days, to the place where the
+ Admiral had left his settlement. While passing the region of Xamana, they
+ set ashore one of the Indians whom they had carried off on the first
+ voyage. They &ldquo;gave him some little things which the Admiral had commanded
+ him to give away.&rdquo; Another account adds that of the ten Indian men who had
+ been carried off on the first voyage, seven had already died on account of
+ the change of air and food. Two of the three whom the Admiral was bringing
+ back, swam ashore at night. &ldquo;The Admiral cared for this but little,
+ thinking that he should have enough interpreters among those whom he had
+ left in the island, and whom he hoped to find there again.&rdquo; It seems
+ certain that one Indian remained faithful to the Spaniards; he was named
+ Diego Colon, after the Admiral&rsquo;s brother.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On the day that the captive Indian was set ashore, a Biscayan sailor died,
+ who had been wounded by the Caribs in the fight between the boat&rsquo;s crew
+ and the canoe. A boat&rsquo;s crew was sent ashore to bury him, and as they came
+ to land there came out &ldquo;many Indians, of whom some wore gold at the neck
+ and at the ears. They sought to come with the christians to the ships, and
+ they did not like to bring them, because they had not had permission from
+ the Admiral.&rdquo; The Indians then sent two of their number in a little canoe
+ to one of the caravels, where they were received kindly, and sent to speak
+ with the Admiral.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;They said, through an interpreter, that a certain king sent them to know
+ what people we were, and to ask that we might be kind enough to land, as
+ they had much gold and would give it to him, and of what they had to eat.
+ The Admiral commanded silken shirts and caps and other little things to be
+ given them, and told them that as he was going where Guacanagari was, he
+ could not stop, that another time he would be able to see him. And with
+ that, they (the Indians) went away.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They stopped two days at a harbor which they called Monte Christi, to see
+ if it were a suitable place for a town, for the Admiral did not feel
+ altogether satisfied with the place where the settlement of La Navidad had
+ been made on the first voyage. This Monte Christi was near &ldquo;a great river
+ of very good water&rdquo; (the Santiago). But it is all an inundated region, and
+ very unfit to live in.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;As they were going along, viewing the river and land, some of our men
+ found, in a place close by the river, two dead men, one with: a cord
+ (lazo) around his neck, and the other with one around his foot. This was
+ the first day. On the next day following, they found two other dead men
+ farther on than these others. One of these was in such a position that it
+ could be known that he had a plentiful beard. Some of our men suspected
+ more ill than good, and with reason, as the Indians are all beardless, as
+ I have said.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ This port was not far from the port where the Spanish settlement had been
+ made on the first voyage, so that there was great reason for these
+ anxieties. They set sail once more for the settlement, and arrived
+ opposite the harbor of La Navidad on the twenty-seventh of November. As
+ they were approaching the harbor, a canoe came towards them, with five or
+ six Indians on board, but, as the Admiral kept on his course without
+ waiting for them, they went back.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Spaniards arrived outside the port of La Navidad so late that they did
+ not dare to enter it that night. &ldquo;The Admiral commanded two Lombards to be
+ fired, to see if the christians replied, who had been left with the said
+ Guacanagari, (this was the friendly cacique Guacanagari of the first
+ voyage), for they too had Lombards,&rdquo; &ldquo;They never replied, nor did fires
+ nor signs of houses appear in that place, at which the people were much
+ discouraged, and they had the suspicion that was natural in such a case.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Being thus all very sad, when four or five hours of the night had passed,
+ there came the same canoe which they had seen the evening before. The
+ Indians in it asked for the Admiral and the captain of one of the caravels
+ of the first voyage. They were taken to the Admiral&rsquo;s ship, but would not
+ come on board until they had spoken with him and seen him.&rdquo; They asked for
+ a light, and as soon as they knew him, they entered the ship. They came
+ from Guacanagari, and one of them was his cousin.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They brought with them golden masks, one for the Admiral and another for
+ one of the captains who had been with him on the first voyage, probably
+ Vicente Yanez Pinzon. Such masks were much valued among the Indians, and
+ are thought to have been meant to put upon idols, so that they were given
+ to the Spaniards as tokens of great respect. The Indian party remained on
+ board for three hours, conversing with the Admiral and apparently very
+ glad to see him again. When they were asked about the colonists of La
+ Navidad, they said that they were all well, but that some of them had died
+ from sickness, and that others had been killed in quarrels among
+ themselves. Their own cacique, Guacanagari, had been attacked by two other
+ chiefs, Caonabo and Mayreni. They had burned his village, and he had been
+ wounded in the leg, so that he could not come to meet the Spaniards that
+ night. As the Indians went away, however, they promised that they would
+ bring him to visit them the next day. So the explorers remained &ldquo;consoled
+ for that night.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Next day, however, events were less reassuring. None of last night&rsquo;s party
+ came back and nothing was seen of the cacique. The Spaniards, however,
+ thought that the Indians might have been accidentally overturned in their
+ canoe, as it was a small one, and as wine had been given them several
+ times during their visit.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ While he was still waiting for them, the Admiral sent some of his men to
+ the place where La Navidad had stood. They found that the strong fort with
+ a palisade was burned down and demolished. They also found some cloaks and
+ other clothes which had been carried off by the Indians, who seemed
+ uneasy, and at first would not come near the party.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;This did not appear well&rdquo; to the Spaniards, as the Admiral had told them
+ how many canoes had come out to visit him in that very place on the other
+ voyage. They tried to make friends, however, threw out to them some bells,
+ beads and other presents, and finally a relation of the cacique and three
+ others ventured to the boat, and were taken on board ship.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ These men frankly admitted that the &ldquo;christians&rdquo; were all dead. The
+ Spaniards had been told so the night before by their Indian interpreter,
+ but they had refused to believe him. They were now told that the King of
+ Canoaboa(*) and the King Mayreni had killed them and burned the village.
+ </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+ (*) &ldquo;Canoaboa&rdquo; was thought to mean &ldquo;Land of Gold.&rdquo;
+ </pre>
+ <p>
+ They said, as the others had done, that Guacanagari was wounded in the
+ thigh and they, like the others, said they would go and summon him. The
+ Spaniards made them some presents, and they, too, disappeared.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Early the next morning the Admiral himself, with a party, including Dr.
+ Chanca, went ashore.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And we went where the town used to be, which we saw all burnt, and the
+ clothes of the christians were found on the grass there. At that time we
+ saw no dead body. There were among us many different opinions, some
+ suspecting that Guacanagari himself was (concerned) in the betrayal or
+ death of the christians, and to others it did not appear so, as his town
+ was burnt, so that the thing was very doubtful.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Admiral directed the whole place to be searched for gold, as he had
+ left orders that if any quantity of it were found, it should be buried.
+ While this search was being made, he and a few others went to look for a
+ suitable place for a new settlement. They arrived at a village of seven or
+ eight houses, which the inhabitants deserted at once. Here they found many
+ things belonging to the christians, such as stockings, pieces of cloth,
+ and &ldquo;a very pretty mantle which had not been unfolded since it was brought
+ from Castile.&rdquo; These, the Spaniards thought, could not have been obtained
+ by barter. There was also one of the anchors of the ship which had gone
+ ashore on the first voyage.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ When they returned to the site of La Navidad they found many Indians, who
+ had become bold enough to come to barter gold. They had shown the place
+ where the bodies of eleven Spaniards lay &ldquo;covered already by the grass
+ which had grown over them.&rdquo; They all &ldquo;with one voice&rdquo; said that Canoaboa
+ and Mayreni had killed them. But as, at the same time, they complained
+ that some of the christians had taken three Indian wives, and some four,
+ it seemed likely that a just resentment on the part of the islanders had
+ had something to do with their death.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The next day the Admiral sent out a caravel to seek for a suitable place
+ for a town, and he himself went out to look for one in a different
+ direction. He found a secure harbor and a good place for a settlement, But
+ he thought it too far from the place where he expected to find a gold
+ mine. On his return, he found the caravel he had sent out. As it was
+ coasting along the island, a canoe had come out to it, with two Indians on
+ board, one of whom was a brother of Guacanagari. This man begged the party
+ to come and visit the cacique. The &ldquo;principal men&rdquo; accordingly went on
+ shore, and found him in bed, apparently suffering from his wounded thigh,
+ which he showed them in bandages. They judged from appearances that he was
+ telling them the truth.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He said to them, &ldquo;by signs as best he could,&rdquo; that since he was thus
+ wounded, they were to invite the Admiral to come to visit him. As they
+ were going away, he gave each of them a golden jewel, as each &ldquo;appeared to
+ him to deserve it.&rdquo; &ldquo;This gold,&rdquo; says Dr. Chanca, &ldquo;is made in very
+ delicate sheets, like our gold leaf, because they use it for making masks
+ and to plate upon bitumen. They also wear it on the head and for earrings
+ and nose-rings, and therefore they beat it very thin as they only wear it
+ for its beauty and not for its value.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Admiral decided to go to the cacique on the next day. He was visited
+ early in the day by his brother, who hurried on the visit.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Admiral went on shore and all the best people (gente de pro) with him,
+ &ldquo;handsomely dressed, as would be suitable in a capital city.&rdquo; They carried
+ presents with them, as they had already received gold from him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;When we arrived, we found him lying in his bed, according to their
+ custom, hanging in the air, the bed being made of cotton like a net. He
+ did not rise, but from the bed made a semblance of courtesy, as best he
+ knew how. He showed much feeling, with tears in his eyes, at the death of
+ the Christians, and began to talk of it, showing, as best he could, how
+ some died of sickness, and how others had gone to Canoaboa to seek for the
+ gold mine, and that they had been killed there, and how the others had
+ been killed in their town.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He presented to the Admiral some gold and precious stones. One of the
+ accounts says that there were eight hundred beads of a stone called ciba,
+ one hundred of gold, a golden coronet, and three small calabashes filled
+ with gold dust. Columbus, in return, made him a present.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I and a navy surgeon were there,&rdquo; says Dr. Chanca. &ldquo;The Admiral now said
+ that we were learned in the infirmities of men, and asked if he would show
+ us the wound. He replied that it pleased him to do so. I said that it
+ would be necessary, if he could, for him to go out of the house, since
+ with the multitudes of people it was dark, and we could not see well. He
+ did it immediately, as I believe, more from timidity than from choice. The
+ surgeon came to him and began to take off the bandage. Then he said to the
+ Admiral that the injury was caused by ciba, that is, by a stone. When it
+ was unbandaged we managed to examine it. It is certain that he was no more
+ injured in that leg than in the other, although he pretended that it was
+ very painful.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Spaniards did not know what to believe. But it seemed certain that an
+ attack of some enemy upon these Indians had taken place, and the Admiral
+ determined to continue upon good terms with them. Nor did he change this
+ policy toward Guacanagari. How far that chief had tried to prevent the
+ massacre will never be known. The detail of the story was never fully
+ drawn from the natives. The Spaniards had been cruel and licentious in
+ their dealing with the Indians. They had quarrelled among themselves, and
+ the indignant natives, in revenge, had destroyed them all.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0009" id="link2HCH0009">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER IX. &mdash; THE NEW COLONY
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ &mdash;EXPEDITIONS OF DISCOVERY&mdash;GUACANAGARI&mdash;SEARCH FOR GOLD&mdash;MUTINY
+ IN THE COLONY&mdash;THE VESSELS SENT HOME&mdash;COLUMBUS MARCHES INLAND&mdash;COLLECTION
+ OF GOLD&mdash;FORTRESS OF ST. THOMAS&mdash;A NEW VOYAGE OF DISCOVERY&mdash;JAMAICA
+ VISITED&mdash;THE SOUTH SHORE OF CUBA EXPLORED&mdash;RETURN&mdash;EVANGELISTA
+ DISCOVERED&mdash;COLUMBUS FALLS SICK&mdash;RETURN TO ISABELLA.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus had hoped, with reason, to send back a part of the vessels which
+ made up his large squadron, with gold collected in the year by the
+ colonists at La Navidad. In truth, when, in 1501, the system of
+ gold-washing-had been developed, the colony yielded twelve hundred pounds
+ of gold in one year. The search for gold, from the beginning, broke up all
+ intelligent plans for geographical discovery or for colonization. In this
+ case, it was almost too clear that there was nothing but bad news to send
+ back to Spain. Columbus went forward, however, as well as he could, with
+ the establishment of a new colony, and with the search for gold.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He sent out expeditions of discovery to open relations with the natives,
+ and to find the best places for washing and mining for gold. Melchior
+ Meldonado commanded three hundred men, in the first of these expeditions.
+ They came to a good harbor at the mouth of a river, where they saw a fine
+ house, which they supposed might be the home of Guacanagari. They met an
+ armed party of one hundred Indians; but these men put away their weapons
+ when signals of peace were made, and brought presents in token of
+ good-will.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The house to which they went was round, with a hemispherical roof or dome.
+ It was thirty-two paces in diameter, divided by wicker work into different
+ rooms. Smaller houses, for persons of rank lower than the chiefs,
+ surrounded it. The natives told the explorers that Guacanagari himself had
+ retired to the hills.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On receiving the report of these explorers Columbus sent out Ojeda with a
+ hundred men, and Corvalan with a similar party in different directions.
+ These officers, in their report, described the operation of gold-washing,
+ much as it is known to explorers in mining regions to-day. The natives
+ made a deep ditch into which the gold bearing sand should settle. For more
+ important work they had flat baskets in which they shook the sand and
+ parted it from the gold. With the left hand they dipped up sand, handled
+ this skilfully or &ldquo;dextrously&rdquo; with the right hand, so that in a few
+ minutes they could give grains of gold to the gratified explorers. Ojeda
+ brought home to Columbus one nugget which weighed nine ounces.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They also brought tidings of the King of Canoaboa, of whom they had heard
+ before, and he is called by the name of Caunebo himself.(*) He was
+ afterwards carried, as a prisoner or as a hostage, on the way to Spain;
+ but died on the passage.
+ </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+ (*) The name is spelled in many different ways.
+</pre>
+ <p>
+ Columbus was able to dispatch the returning ships, with the encouraging
+ reports brought in by Meldonado and Ojeda, but with very little gold. But
+ he was obliged to ask for fresh supplies of food for the colony&mdash;even
+ in the midst of the plenty which he described; for he had found already
+ what all such leaders find, the difficulty of training men to use food to
+ which they were not accustomed. He sent also his Carib prisoners, begging
+ that they might be trained to a knowledge of the christian religion and of
+ the Spanish language. He saw, already, how much he should need
+ interpreters. The fleet sailed on the second of February, and its reports
+ were, on the whole, favorably received.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus chose for the new city an elevation, ten leagues east of Monte
+ Christi, and at first gave to his colony the name of Martha. It is the
+ Isabella of the subsequent history.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The colonists were delighted with the fertility of the soil under the
+ tropical climate. Andalusia itself had not prepared them for it. They
+ planted seeds of peas, beans, lettuces, cabbages and other vegetables, and
+ declared that they grew more in eight days than they would have grown in
+ twenty at home. They had fresh vegetables in sixteen days after they
+ planted them; but for melons, pumpkins and other fruits of that sort, they
+ are generous enough to allow thirty days.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They had carried out roots and suckers of the sugar-cane. In fifteen days
+ the shoots were a cubit high. A farmer who had planted wheat in the
+ beginning of February had ripe grain in the beginning of April; so that
+ they were sure of, at least, two crops in a year.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ But the fertility of the soil was the only favorable token which the
+ island first exhibited. The climate was enervating and sickly. The labor
+ on the new city was hard and discouraging. Columbus found that his
+ colonists were badly fitted for their duty, or not fitted for it at all.
+ Court gentlemen did not want to work. Priests expected to be put on better
+ diet than any other people. Columbus&mdash;though he lost his own
+ popularity&mdash;insisted on putting all on equal fare, in sharing the
+ supplies he had brought from Spain. It did not require a long time to
+ prove that the selection of the site of the colony was unfortunate.
+ Columbus himself gave way to the general disease. While he was ill, a
+ mutiny broke out which he had to suppress by strong measures.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Bornal Diaz, who ranked as comptroller of the expedition, and Fermin Cedo,
+ an assayer, made a plot for seizing the remaining ships and sailing for
+ Europe. News of the mutiny was brought to Columbus. He found a document in
+ the writing of Diaz, drawn as a memorial, accusing Columbus himself of
+ grave crimes. He confined Diaz on board a ship to be sent to Spain with
+ the memorial. He punished the mutineers of lower rank. He took the guns
+ and naval munitions from four of the vessels, and entrusted them all to a
+ person in whom he had absolute confidence.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On the report of the exploring parties, four names were given to as many
+ divisions of the island. Junna was the most western, Attibunia the most
+ eastern, Jachen the northern and Naiba the southern. Columbus himself,
+ seeing the fortifications of the city well begun, undertook, in March, an
+ exploration, of the island, with a force of five hundred men.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It was in the course of this exploration that one of the natives brought
+ in a gold-bearing stone which weighed an ounce. He was satisfied with a
+ little bell in exchange. He was surprised at the wonder expressed by the
+ Spaniards, and showing a stone as large as a pomegranate, he said that he
+ had nuggets of gold as large as this at his home. Other Indians brought in
+ gold-bearing stones which weighed more than an ounce. At their homes,
+ also, but not in sight, alas, was a block of gold as large as an infant&rsquo;s
+ head.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus himself thought it best to take as many men as he could into the
+ mountain region. He left the new city under the care of his brother,
+ Diego, and with all the force of healthy men which he could muster, making
+ a little army of nearly five hundred men, he marched away from the sickly
+ seaboard into the interior. The simple natives were astonished by the
+ display of cavalry and other men in armor. After a few days of a
+ delightful march, in the beauty of spring in that country, he entered upon
+ the long sought Cibao. He relinquished his first idea of founding another
+ city here, but did build a fortress called St. Thomas, in joking reference
+ to Cedo and others, who had asserted that these regions produced no gold.
+ While building this fortress, as it was proudly called, he sent a young
+ cavalier named Luxan for further exploration.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Luxan returned with stories even greater than they had heard of before,
+ but with no gold, &ldquo;because he had no orders to do so.&rdquo; He had found ripe
+ grapes. And at last they had found a region called Cipangi, cipan
+ signifying stone. This name recalled the memory of Cipango, or Japan. With
+ tidings as encouraging as this, Columbus returned to his city. He
+ appointed his brother and Pedro Margarita governors of the city, and left
+ with three ships for the further exploration of Cuba, which he had left
+ only partly examined in his first voyage. He believed that it was the
+ mainland of Asia. And as has been said, such was his belief till he died,
+ and that of his countrymen. Cuba was not known to be an island for many
+ years afterwards. He was now again in the career which pleased him, and
+ for which he was fitted. He was always ill at ease in administering a
+ colony, or ruling the men who were engaged in it. He was happy and
+ contented when he was discovering. He had been eager to follow the
+ southern coast of Cuba, as he had followed the north in his first voyage.
+ And now he had his opportunity. Having commissioned his brother Diego and
+ Margarita and appointed also a council of four other gentlemen, he sailed
+ to explore new coasts, on the twenty-fourth of April.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He was soon tempted from his western course that he might examine Jamaica,
+ of which he saw the distant lines on the south. &ldquo;This island,&rdquo; says the
+ account of the time, &ldquo;is larger than Sicily. It has only one mountain,
+ which rises from the coast on every side, little by little, until you come
+ to the middle of the island and the ascent is so gradual that, whether you
+ rise or descend, you hardly know whether you are rising or descending.&rdquo;
+ Columbus found the island well peopled, and from what he saw of the
+ natives, thought them more ingenious, and better artificers, than any
+ Indians he had seen before. But when he proposed to land, they generally
+ showed themselves prepared to resist him. He therefore deferred a full
+ examination of the island to his return, and, with the first favorable
+ wind, pressed on toward the southern coast of Cuba. He insisted on calling
+ this the &ldquo;Golden Chersonesus&rdquo; of the East. This name had been given by the
+ old geographers to the peninsula now known as Malacca.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Crossing the narrow channel between Jamaica and Cuba, he began coasting
+ that island westward. If the reader will examine the map, he will find
+ many small keys and islands south of Cuba, which, before any survey had
+ been made, seriously retarded his westward course. In every case he was
+ obliged to make a separate examination to be sure where the real coast of
+ the island was, all the time believing it was the continent of Asia. One
+ of the narratives says, with a pardonable exaggeration, that in all this
+ voyage he thus discovered seven hundred islands. His own estimate was that
+ he sailed two hundred and twenty-two leagues westward in the exploration
+ which now engaged him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The month of May and the beginning of June were occupied with such
+ explorations. The natives proved friendly, as the natives of the northern
+ side of Cuba had proved two years before. They had, in general, heard of
+ the visit of the Spaniards; but their wonder and admiration seem to have
+ been none the less now that they saw the reality.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On one occasion the hopes of all the party, that they should find
+ themselves at the court of the Grand Khan, were greatly quickened. A
+ Spaniard had gone into a forest alone, hunting. Suddenly he saw a man
+ clothed in white, or thought he did, whom he supposed to be a friar of the
+ order of Saint Mary de Mercedes, who was with the expedition. But, almost
+ immediately, ten other friars dressed in the same costume, appeared, and
+ then as many as thirty. The Spaniard was frightened at the multiplication
+ of their number, it hardly appears why, as they were all men of peace, or
+ should have been, whatever their number. He called out to his companions,
+ and bade them escape. But the men in white called out to him, and waved
+ their hands, as if to assure him that there was no danger. He did not
+ trust them, however, but rushed back to the shore and the ship, as fast as
+ he could, to report what he had seen to the Admiral.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Here, at last, was reason for hope that they had found one of the Asiatic
+ missions of the Church. Columbus at once landed a party, instructing them
+ to go forty miles inland, if necessary, to find people. But this party
+ found neither path nor roadway, although the country was rich and fertile.
+ Another party brought back rich bunches of grapes, and other native
+ fruits. But neither party saw any friars of the order of Saint Mary. And
+ it is now supposed that the Spaniard saw a peaceful flock of white cranes.
+ The traveller Humboldt describes one occasion, in which the town of
+ Angostura was put to alarm by the appearance of a flock of cranes known as
+ soldados, or &ldquo;soldiers,&rdquo; which were, as people supposed, a band of
+ Indians.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ In his interviews with the natives at one point and another, upon the
+ coast, Columbus was delighted with their simplicity, their hospitality,
+ and their kindly dealing with each other. On one occasion, when the Mass
+ was celebrated, a large number of them were present, and joined in the
+ service, as well as they could, with respect and devotion. An old man as
+ much as eighty years old, as the Spaniards thought, brought to the Admiral
+ a basket full of fruit, as a present. Then he said, by an interpreter:
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;We have heard how you have enveloped, by your power, all these countries,
+ and how much afraid of you the people have been. But I have to exhort you,
+ and to tell you that there are two ways when men leave this body. One is
+ dark and dismal; it is for those who have injured the race of men. The
+ other is delightful and pleasant; it is for those who, while alive, have
+ loved peace and the repose of mankind. If, then, you remember that you are
+ mortal, and what these retributions are, you will do no harm to any one.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus told him in reply that he had known of the two roads after death,
+ and that he was well pleased to find that the natives of these lands knew
+ of them; for he had not expected this. He said that the king and queen of
+ Spain had sent him with the express mission of bringing these tidings to
+ them. In particular, that he was charged with the duty of punishing the
+ Caribs and all other men of impure life, and of rewarding and honoring all
+ pure and innocent men. This statement so delighted the old prophet that he
+ was eager to accompany Columbus on a mission so noble, and it was only by
+ the urgent entreaty of his wife and children that he stayed with them. He
+ found it hard to believe that Columbus was inferior in rank or command to
+ any other sovereign.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The beauty of the island and the hospitality of the natives, however, were
+ not enough to dispose the crews to continue this exploration further. They
+ were all convinced that they were on the coast of Asia. Columbus did not
+ mean that afterwards any one should accuse him of abandoning the discovery
+ of that coast too soon. Calling to their attention the distance they had
+ sailed, he sent round a written declaration for the signature of every
+ person on the ships. Every man and boy put his name to it. It expressed
+ their certainty that they were on the cape which made the end of the
+ eastern Indies, and that any one who chose could proceed thence westward
+ to Spain by land. This extraordinary declaration was attested officially
+ by a notary, and still exists.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It was executed in a bay at the extreme southwestern corner of Cuba. It
+ has been remarked by Munoz, that at that moment, in that place, a ship boy
+ at the masthead could have looked over the group of low islands and seen
+ the open sea, which would have shown that Cuba was an island.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The facts, which were controlling, were these, that the vessels were leaky
+ and the crews sick and discontented. On the thirteenth of June, Columbus
+ stood to the southeast. He discovered the island now known as the Island
+ of Pines. He called it Evangelista. He anchored here and took in water. In
+ an interview, not unlike that described, in which the old Cuban expressed
+ his desire to return with Columbus, it is said that an Evangelistan chief
+ made the same offer, but was withheld by the remonstrances, of his wife
+ and children. A similar incident is reported in the visit to Jamaica,
+ which soon followed. Columbus made a careful examination of that island.
+ Then he crossed to Hispaniola, where, from the Indians, he received such
+ accounts from the new town of Isabella as assured him that all was well
+ there.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ With his own indomitable zeal, he determined now to go to the Carib
+ islands and administer to them the vengeance he had ready. But his own
+ frame was not strong enough for his will. He sank exhausted, in a sort of
+ lethargy. The officers of his ship, supposing he was dying, put about the
+ vessels and the little squadron arrived, none too soon as it proved, at
+ Isabella.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He was as resolute as ever in his determination to crush the Caribs, and
+ prevent their incursions upon those innocent islanders to whom he had made
+ so many promises of protection. But he fell ill, and for a short time at
+ least was wholly unconscious. The officers in command took occasion of his
+ illness, and of their right to manage the vessels, to turn back to the
+ city of Isabella. He arrived there &ldquo;as one half dead,&rdquo; and his
+ explorations and discoveries for this voyage were thus brought to an end.
+ To his great delight he found there his brother Bartholomew, whom he had
+ not seen for eight years. Bartholomew had accompanied Diaz in the famous
+ voyage in which he discovered the Cape of Good Hope. Returning to Europe
+ in 1488 he had gone to England, with a message from Christopher Columbus,
+ asking King Henry the Seventh to interest himself in the great adventure
+ he proposed.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The authorities differ as to the reception which Henry gave to this great
+ proposal. Up to the present time, no notice has been found of his visit in
+ the English archives. The earliest notice of America, in the papers
+ preserved there, is a note of a present of ten pounds &ldquo;to hym that found
+ the new land,&rdquo; who was Cabot, after his first voyage. Bartholomew Columbus
+ was in England on the tenth of February, 1488; how much later is not
+ known. Returning from England he staid in France, in the service of Madama
+ de Bourbon. This was either Anne of Beaujeu, or the widow of the Admiral
+ Louis de Bourbon. Bartholomew was living in Paris when he heard of his
+ brother&rsquo;s great discovery.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He had now been appointed by the Spanish sovereigns to command a fleet of
+ three vessels, which had been sent out to provision the new colony. He had
+ sailed from Cadiz on the thirtieth of April, 1494, and he arrived at
+ Isabella on St. John&rsquo;s Day of the same year.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus welcomed him with delight, and immediately made him his
+ first-lieutenant in command of the colony. There needed a strong hand for
+ the management of the colony, for the quarrels which had existed before
+ Columbus went on his Cuban voyage had not diminished in his absence. Pedro
+ Margarita and Father Boil are spoken of as those who had made the most
+ trouble. They had come determined to make a fortune rapidly, and they did
+ not propose to give up such a hope to the slow processes of ordinary
+ colonization. Columbus knew very well that those who had returned to Spain
+ had carried with them complaints as to his own course. He would have been
+ glad on some accounts to return, himself, at once; but he did not think
+ that the natives of the islands were sufficiently under the power of the
+ new colony to be left in safety.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ First of all he sent back four caravels, which had recently arrived from
+ Europe, with five hundred Indians whom he had taken as slaves. He
+ consigned them to Juan de Fonseca&rsquo;s care. He was eager himself to say that
+ he sent them out that they might be converted, to Christianity, and that
+ they might learn the Spanish language and be of use as interpreters. But,
+ at the same time, he pointed out how easy it would be to make a source of
+ revenue to the Crown from such involuntary emigration. To Isabella&rsquo;s
+ credit it is to be said, that she protested against the whole thing
+ immediately; and so far as appears, no further shipments were made in
+ exactly the same way. But these poor wretches were not sent back to the
+ islands, as she perhaps thought they were. Fonseca did not hesitate to
+ sell them, or apprentice them, to use our modern phrase, and it is said by
+ Bernaldez that they all died. His bitter phrase is that Fonseca took no
+ more care of them than if they had been wild animals.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus did not recover his health, so as to take a very active part in
+ affairs for five months after his arrival at San Domingo. He was well
+ aware that the Indians were vigorously organized, with the intention of
+ driving his people from the island, or treating the colony as they had
+ treated the colony of Navidad. He called the chief of the Cipangi, named
+ Guarionexius, for consultation. The interpreter Didacus, who had served
+ them so faithfully, married the king&rsquo;s sister, and it was hoped that this
+ would be a bond of amity between the two nations.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus sent Ojeda into the gold mountains with fifty armed men to make
+ an alliance with Canabao. Canabao met this party with a good deal of
+ perplexity. He undoubtedly knew that he had given the Spaniards good
+ reason for doubting him. It is said that he had put to death twenty
+ Spaniards by treasonable means, but it is to be remembered that this is
+ the statement of his enemies. He, however, came to Columbus with a large
+ body of his people, all armed. When he was asked why he brought so large a
+ force with him, he said that so great a king as he, could not go anywhere
+ without a fitting military escort. But Ojeda did not hesitate to take him
+ prisoner and carry him into Isabella, bound. As has been said, he was
+ eventually sent to Spain, but he died on the passage.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus made another fortress, or tower, on the border of King
+ Guarionexius&rsquo;s country, between his kingdom and Cipango. He gave to this
+ post the name of the &ldquo;Tower of the Conception,&rdquo; and meant it to be a
+ rallying point for the miners and others, in case of any uprising of the
+ natives against them. This proved to be an important centre for mining
+ operations. From this place, what we should call a nugget of gold, which
+ one of the chiefs brought in, was sent to Spain. It weighed twenty ounces.
+ A good deal of interest attached also to the discovery of amber, one mass
+ of which weighed three hundred pounds. Such discoveries renewed the
+ interest and hope which had been excited in Spain by the first accounts of
+ Hispaniola.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus satisfied himself that he left the island really subdued; and in
+ this impression he was not mistaken. Certain that his presence in Spain
+ was needed, if he would maintain his own character against the attacks of
+ the disaffected Spaniards who had gone before him, he set sail on the Nina
+ on the tenth of March, taking with him as a consort a caravel which had
+ been built at Isabella. He did not arrive in Cadiz till the eleventh of
+ June, having been absent from Spain two years and nine months.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ His return to Spain at this time gave Isabella another opportunity to show
+ the firmness of her character, and the determination to which alone
+ belongs success.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The excitement and popularity which attended the return from the first
+ voyage had come to an end. Spain was in the period of reaction. The
+ disappointment which naturally follows undue expectations and extravagant
+ prophecies, was, in this instance, confirmed by the return of discontented
+ adventurers. Four hundred years have accustomed the world to this reflex
+ flow of disappointed colonists, unable or unwilling to work, who come back
+ from a new land to say that its resources have been exaggerated. In this
+ case, where everything was measured by the standard of gold, it was
+ certainly true that the supply of gold received from the islands was very
+ small as compared with the expenses of the expedition which had been sent
+ out.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Five hundred Indians, who came to be taught the language, entering Spain
+ as slaves, were but a poor return for the expenses in which the nation,
+ not to say individuals, had been involved. The people of Spain, therefore,
+ so far as they could show their feeling, were prejudiced against Columbus
+ and those who surrounded him. They heard with incredulity the accounts of
+ Cuba which he gave, and were quite indifferent to the geographical
+ theories by which he wanted to prove that it was a part of Asia. He
+ believed that the rich mines, which he had really found in Hispaniola,
+ were the same as those of Ophir. But after five years of waiting, the
+ Spanish public cared but little for such conjectures.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ As he arrived in Cadiz, he found three vessels, under Nino, about to sail
+ with supplies. These were much needed, for the relief of the preceding
+ year, sent out in four vessels, had been lost by shipwreck. Columbus was
+ able to add a letter of his own to the governor of Isabella, begging him
+ to conform to the wishes expressed by the king and queen in the dispatches
+ taken by Nino. He recommended diligence in exploring the new mines, and
+ that a seaport should be founded in their neighborhood. At the same time
+ he received a gracious letter from the king and queen, congratulating him
+ on his return, and asking him to court as soon as he should recover from
+ his fatigue.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus was encouraged by the tone of this letter. He had chosen to act
+ as if he were in disgrace, and dressed himself in humble garb, as if he
+ were a Franciscan monk, wearing his beard as the brethren of those orders
+ do. Perhaps this was in fulfillment of one of those vows which, as we
+ know, he frequently made in periods of despondency.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He went to Burgos, where Ferdinand and Isabella were residing, and on the
+ way made such a display of treasure as he had done on the celebrated march
+ to Barcelona. Canabao, the fierce cacique of Hispaniola, had died on the
+ voyage, but his brother and nephew still lived, and he took them to the
+ king and queen, glittering on state occasions with golden ornaments. One
+ chain of gold which the brother wore, is said to have been worth more than
+ three thousand dollars of our time. In the procession Columbus carried
+ various masks and other images, made by the Indians in fantastic shapes,
+ which attracted the curiosity which in all nations surrounds the idols of
+ a foreign creed.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The sovereigns received him cordially. No reference was made to the
+ complaints of the adventurers who had returned. However the sovereigns may
+ have been impressed by these, they were still confident in Columbus and in
+ his merits, and do not seem to have wished to receive the partial accounts
+ of his accusers. On his part, he pressed the importance of a new
+ expedition, in order that they might annex to their dominions the eastern
+ part of Asia. He wanted for this purpose eight ships. He was willing to
+ leave two in the island of Hispaniola, and he hoped that he might have six
+ for a voyage of discovery. The sovereigns assented readily to his
+ proposal, and at the time probably intended to carry out his wishes.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ But Spain had something else to do than to annex Asia or to discover
+ America; and the fulfillment of the promises made so cordially in 1496,
+ was destined to await the exigencies of European war and diplomacy. In
+ fact, he did not sail upon the third expedition for nearly two years after
+ his arrival in Cadiz.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ In the autumn of 1496, an order was given for a sum amounting to nearly a
+ hundred thousand dollars of our time, for the equipment of the promised
+ squadron. At the same time Columbus was relieved from the necessity by
+ which he was bound in his original contract, to furnish at least
+ one-eighth of the money necessary in any of these expeditions. This burden
+ was becoming too heavy for him to bear. It was agreed, however, that in
+ the event of any profit resulting to the crown, he should be entitled to
+ one-eighth of it for three ensuing years. This concession must be
+ considered as an evidence that he was still in favor. At the end of three
+ years both parties were to fall back upon the original contract.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ But these noble promises, which must have been so encouraging to him,
+ could not be fulfilled, as it proved. For the exigencies of war, the
+ particular money which was to be advanced to Columbus was used for the
+ repair of a fortress upon the frontier. Instead of this, Columbus was to
+ receive his money from the gold brought by Nino on his return. Alas, it
+ proved that a report that he had returned with so much gold, meant that he
+ had Indian prisoners, from the sale of whom he expected to realize this
+ money. And poor Columbus was virtually consigned to building and fitting
+ out his ship from the result of a slave-trade, which was condemned by
+ Isabella, and which he knew was wretchedly unprofitable.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ A difficulty almost equally great resulted from the unpopularity of the
+ expedition. People did not volunteer eagerly, as they had done, the minds
+ of men being poisoned by the reports of emigrants, who had gone out in
+ high hope, and had returned disappointed. It even became necessary to
+ commute the sentences of criminals who had been sentenced to banishment,
+ so that they might be transported into the new settlements, where they
+ were to work without pay. Even these expedients did not much hasten the
+ progress of the expedition.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Fonseca, the steady enemy of Columbus, was placed in command again at this
+ time. The queen was overwhelmed with affliction by the death of Prince
+ Juan; and it seemed to Columbus and his friends that every petty
+ difficulty was placed in the way of preparation. When at length six
+ vessels were fitted for sea, it was only after the wear and tear of
+ constant opposition from officials in command; and the expedition, as it
+ proved, was not what Columbus had hoped for, for his purposes.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On the thirtieth of May, however, in 1498, he was able to sail. As this
+ was the period when the Catholic church celebrates the mystery of the
+ Trinity, he determined and promised that the first land which he
+ discovered should receive that sacred name. He was well convinced of the
+ existence of a continent farther south than the islands among which he had
+ cruised, and intended to strike that continent, as in fact he did, in the
+ outset of his voyage.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0010" id="link2HCH0010">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER X. &mdash; THE THIRD VOYAGE.
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ LETTER TO THE KING AND QUEEN&mdash;DISCOVERY OF TRINIDAD AND PARIA&mdash;CURIOUS
+ SPECULATION AS TO THE EARTHLY PARADISE&mdash;ARRIVAL AT SAN DOMINGO&mdash;REBELLIONS
+ AND MUTINIES IN THAT ISLAND&mdash;ROLDAN AND HIS FOLLOWERS&mdash;OJEDA AND
+ HIS EXPEDITION&mdash;ARRIVAL OF BOBADILLA&mdash;COLUMBUS A PRISONER.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ For the narrative of the third voyage, we are fortunate in having once
+ more a contemporary account by Columbus himself. The more important part
+ of his expedition was partly over when he was able to write a careful
+ letter to the king and queen, which is still preserved. It is lighted up
+ by bursts of the religious enthusiasm which governed him from the
+ beginning. All the more does it show the character of the man, and it
+ impresses upon us, what is never to be forgotten, the mixture in his
+ motive of the enthusiasm of a discoverer, the eager religious feeling
+ which might have quickened a crusader, and the prospects of what we should
+ call business adventure, by which he tries to conciliate persons whose
+ views are less exalted than his own.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ In addressing the king and queen, who are called &ldquo;very high and very
+ powerful princes,&rdquo; he reminds them that his undertaking to discover the
+ West Indies began in the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, which appointed
+ him as a messenger for this enterprise. He asks them to remember that he
+ has always addressed them as with that intention.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He reminds them of the seven or eight years in which he was urging his
+ cause and that it was not enough that he should have showed the religious
+ side of it, that he was obliged to argue for the temporal view as well.
+ But their decision, for which he praises them indirectly, was made, he
+ says, in the face of the ridicule of all, excepting the two priests,
+ Marcheza and the Archbishop of Segovia. &ldquo;And everything will pass away
+ excepting the word of God, who spoke so clearly of these lands by the
+ voice of Isaiah in so many places, affirming that His name should be
+ divulged to the nations from Spain.&rdquo; He goes on in a review of the earlier
+ voyages, and after this preface gives his account of the voyage of 1498.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They sailed from Santa Lucca the thirtieth of May, and went down to
+ Madeira to avoid the hostile squadron of the French who were awaiting him
+ at Cape St. Vincent. In the history by Herrara, of another generation,
+ this squadron is said to be Portuguese. From Maderia, they passed to the
+ Canary Islands, from which, with one ship and two caravels, he makes his
+ voyage, sending the other three vessels to Hispaniola. After making the
+ Cape de Verde Islands, he sailed southwest. He had very hot weather for
+ eight days, and in the hope of finding cooler weather changed his course
+ to the westward.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On the thirty-first of July, they made land, which proved to be the cape
+ now known as Galeota, the southeastern cape of the island of Trinidad. The
+ country was as green at this season as the orchards of Valencia in March.
+ Passing five leagues farther on, he lands to refit his vessels and take on
+ board wood and water. The next day a large canoe from the east, with
+ twenty-four men, well armed, appeared.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Admiral wished to communicate with them, but they refused, although he
+ showed them basins and other things which he thought would attract them.
+ Failing in this effort, he directed some of the boys of the crew to dance
+ and play a tambourine on the poop of the ship. But this conciliatory
+ measure had as little success as the other. The natives strung their bows,
+ took up their shields and began to shoot the dancers. Columbus stopped the
+ entertainment, therefore, and ordered some balls shot at them, upon which
+ they left him. With the other vessel they opened more friendly
+ communication, but when the pilot went to Columbus and asked leave to land
+ with them, they went off, nor were any of them or theirs seen again.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On his arrival at Punta de Icacocos, at the southern point of Trinidad, he
+ observes the very strong currents which are always noticed by voyagers,
+ running with as much fury as the Guadalquiver in time of flood. In the
+ night a terrible wave came from the south, &ldquo;a hill as high as a ship,&rdquo; so
+ that even in writing of it he feels fear. But no misfortune came from it.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Sailing the next day, he found the water comparatively fresh. He is, in
+ fact, in the current produced by the great river Orinoco, which affects,
+ in a remarkable way, all the tide-flow of those seas. Sailing north, he
+ passes different points of the Island of Trinidad, and makes out the Punta
+ de la Pena and the mainland. He still observes the freshness of the water
+ and the severity of the currents.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ As he sails farther westward, he observes fleets, and he sends his people
+ ashore. They find no inhabitants at first, but eventually meet people who
+ tell him the enemy of this country is Paria. Of these he took on board
+ four. The king sent him an invitation to land, and numbers of the people
+ came in canoes, many of whom wore gold and pearls. These pearls came to
+ them from the north. Columbus did not venture to land here because the
+ provisions of his vessels were already failing him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He describes the people, as of much the same color as those who have been
+ observed before, and were ready for intercourse, and of good appearance.
+ Two prominent persons came to meet them, whom he thought to be father and
+ son. The house to which the Spaniards were led was large, with many seats.
+ An entertainment was brought forward, in which there were many sorts of
+ fruits, and wine of many kinds. It was not made from grapes, however, and
+ he supposed it must be made of different sorts of fruits.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ A part of the entertainment was of maize, &ldquo;which is a sort of corn which
+ grows here, with a spike like a spindle.&rdquo; The Indians and their guests
+ parted with regret that they could not understand each other&rsquo;s
+ conversation. All this passed in the house of the elder Indian. The
+ younger then took them to his house, where a similar collation was served,
+ and they then returned to the ship, Columbus being in haste to press on,
+ both on account of his want of supplies and the failure of his own health.
+ He says he was still suffering from diseases which he had contracted on
+ the last voyage, and with blindness. &ldquo;That then his eyes did not give him
+ as much pain, nor were they bloodshot as much as they are now.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He describes the people whom they at first visited as of fine stature,
+ easy bearing, with long straight hair, and wearing worked handkerchiefs on
+ their heads. At a little distance it seemed as if these were made of silk,
+ like the gauze veil with which the Spaniards were familiar, from Moorish
+ usage.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Others,&rdquo; he says, &ldquo;wore larger handkerchiefs round their waists, like the
+ panete of the Spaniards.&rdquo; By this phrase he means a full garment hanging
+ over the knees, either trousers or petticoats. These people were whiter in
+ color than the Indians he had seen before. They all wore something at the
+ neck and arms, with many pieces of gold at the neck. The canoes were much
+ larger than he had seen, better in build and lighter; they had a cabin in
+ the middle for the princes and their women.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He made many inquiries for gold, but was told he must go farther on, but
+ he was advised not to go there, because his men would be in danger of
+ being eaten. At first, Columbus supposed that this meant that the
+ inhabitants of the gold-bearing countries were cannibals, but he satisfied
+ himself afterwards that the natives meant that they would be eaten by
+ beasts. With regard to pearls, also, he got some information that he
+ should find them when he had gone farther west and farther north.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ After these agreeable courtesies, the little fleet raised its anchors and
+ sailed west. Columbus sent one caravel to investigate the river. Finding
+ that he should not succeed in that direction, and that he had no available
+ way either north or south, he leaves by the same entrance by which he had
+ entered. The water is still very fresh, and he is satisfied, correctly as
+ we know, that these currents were caused by the entrance of the great
+ river of water.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On the thirteenth of August he leaves the island by what he calls the
+ northern mouth of the river (Boca Grande), and begins to strike salt water
+ again.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ At this part of Columbus&rsquo;s letter there is a very curious discussion of
+ temperature, which shows that this careful observer, even at that time,
+ made out the difference between what are called isothermal curves and the
+ curves of latitude. He observes that he cannot make any estimate of what
+ his temperature will be on the American coast from what he has observed on
+ the coast of Africa.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He begins now to doubt whether the world is spherical, and is disposed to
+ believe that it is shaped like a pear, and he tries to make a theory of
+ the difference of temperature from this suggestion. We hardly need to
+ follow this now. We know he was entirely wrong in his conjecture. &ldquo;Pliny
+ and others,&rdquo; he says, &ldquo;thought the world spherical, because on their part
+ of it it was a hemisphere.&rdquo; They were ignorant of the section over which
+ he was sailing, which he considers to be that of a pear cut in the wrong
+ way. His demonstration is, that in similar latitudes to the eastward it is
+ very hot and the people are black, while at Trinidad or on the mainland it
+ is comfortable and the people are a fine race of men, whiter than any
+ others whom he has seen in the Indies. The sun in the constellation of the
+ Virgin is over their heads, and all this comes from their being higher up,
+ nearer the air than they would have been had they been on the African
+ coast.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ With this curious speculation he unites some inferences from Scripture,
+ and goes back to the account in the Book of Genesis and concludes that the
+ earthly Paradise was in the distant east. He says, however, that if he
+ could go on, on the equinoctial line, the air would grow more temperate,
+ with greater changes in the stars and in the water. He does not think it
+ possible that anyone can go to the extreme height of the mountain where
+ the earthly Paradise is to be found, for no one is to be permitted to
+ enter there but by the will of God, but he believes that in this voyage he
+ is approaching it.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Any reader who is interested in this curious speculation of Columbus
+ should refer to the &ldquo;Divina Comedia&rdquo; of Dante, where Dante himself held a
+ somewhat similar view, and describes his entrance into the terrestrial
+ paradise under the guidance of Beatrice. It is a rather curious fact,
+ which discoverers of the last three centuries have established, that the
+ point, on this world, which is opposite the city of Jerusalem, where all
+ these enthusiasts supposed the terrestrial Paradise would be found, is in
+ truth in the Pacific Ocean not far from Pitcairn&rsquo;s Island, in the very
+ region where so many voyagers have thought that they found the climate and
+ soil which to the terrestrial Paradise belong.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus expresses his dissent from the recent theory, which was that of
+ Dante, supposing that the earthly Paradise was at the top of a sharp
+ mountain. On the other hand, he supposes that this mountain rises gently,
+ but yet that no person can go to the top.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ This is his curious &ldquo;excursion,&rdquo; made, perhaps, because Columbus had the
+ time to write it.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The journal now recurs to more earthly affairs. Passing out from the mouth
+ of the &ldquo;Dragon,&rdquo; he found the sea running westward and the wind gentle. He
+ notices that the waters are swept westward as the trade winds are. In this
+ way he accounts for there being so many islands in that part of the earth,
+ the mainland having been eaten away by the constant flow of the waves. He
+ thinks their very shape indicates this, they being narrow from north to
+ south and longer from east to west. Although some of the islands differ in
+ this, special reasons maybe given for the difference. He brings in many of
+ the old authorities to show, what we now know to be entirely false, that
+ there is much more land than water on the surface of the globe.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ All this curious speculation as to the make-up of the world encourages him
+ to beg their Highnesses to go on with the noble work which they have
+ begun. He explains to them that he plants the cross on every cape and
+ proclaims the sovereignty of their Majesties and of the Christian
+ religion. He prays that this may continue. The only objection to it is the
+ expense, but Columbus begs their Highnesses to remember how much more
+ money is spent for the mere formalities of the elegancies of the court. He
+ begs them to consider the credit attaching to plans of discovery and
+ quickens their ambition by reference to the efforts of the princes of
+ Portugal.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ This letter closes by the expression of his determination to go on with
+ his three ships for further discoveries.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ This letter was written from San Domingo on the eighth of October. He had
+ already made the great discovery of the mainland of South America, though
+ he did not yet know that he had touched the continent. He had
+ intentionally gone farther south than before, and had therefore struck the
+ island of Trinidad, to which, as he had promised, he gave the name which
+ it still bears. A sailor first saw the summits of three mountains, and
+ gave the cry of land. As the ships approached, it was seen that these
+ three mountains were united at the base. Columbus was delighted by the
+ omen, as he regarded it, which thus connected his discovery with the vow
+ which he had made on Trinity Sunday.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ As the reader has seen, he first passed between this great island and the
+ mainland. The open gulf there described is now known as the Gulf of Paria.
+ The observation which he made as to the freshness of the water caused by
+ the flow of the Orinoco, has been made by all navigators since. It may be
+ said that he was then really in the mouth of the Orinoco.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Young readers, at least, will be specially interested to remember that it
+ was in this region that Robinson Crusoe&rsquo;s island was placed by Defoe; and
+ if they will carefully read his life they will find discussions there of
+ the flow of the &ldquo;great River Orinoco.&rdquo; Crossing this gulf, Columbus had
+ touched upon the coast of Paria, and thus became the first discoverer of
+ South America. It is determined, by careful geographers, that the
+ discovery of the continent of North America, had been made before this
+ time by the Cabots, sailing under the orders of England.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus was greatly encouraged by the discovery of fine pearls among the
+ natives of Paria. Here he found one more proof that he was on the eastern
+ coast of Asia, from which coast pearls had been brought by the caravans on
+ which, till now, Europe had depended for its Asiatic supplies. He gave the
+ name &ldquo;Gulf of Pearls&rdquo; to the estuary which makes the mouth of the River
+ Paria.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He would gladly have spent more time in exploring this region; but the
+ sea-stores of his vessel were exhausted, he was suffering from a
+ difficulty with his eyes, caused by overwatching, and was also a cripple
+ from gout. He resisted the temptation, therefore, to make further
+ explorations on the coast of Paria, and passed westward and northwestward.
+ He made many discoveries of islands in the Caribbean Sea as he went
+ northwest, and he arrived at the colony of San Domingo, on the thirtieth
+ of August. He had hoped for rest after his difficult voyage; but he found
+ the island in confusion which seemed hopeless.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ His brother Bartholomew, from all the accounts we have, would seem to have
+ administered its affairs with justice and decision; but the problem he had
+ in hand was one which could not be solved so as to satisfy all the
+ critics. Close around him he had a body of adventurers, almost all of whom
+ were nothing but adventurers. With the help of these adventurers, he had
+ to repress Indian hostilities, and to keep in order the natives who had
+ been insulted and injured in every conceivable way by the settlers.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He was expected to send home gold to Spain with every vessel; he knew
+ perfectly well that Spain was clamoring with indignation because he did
+ not succeed in doing so. But on the island itself he had to meet, from day
+ to day, conspiracies of Spaniards and what are called insurrections of
+ natives. These insurrections consisted simply in their assertion of such
+ rights as they had to the beautiful land which the Spaniards were taking
+ away from them.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ At the moment when Columbus landed, there was an instant of tranquility.
+ But the natives, whom he remembered only six years ago as so happy and
+ cheerful and hospitable, had fled as far as they could. They showed in
+ every way their distrust of those who were trying to become their masters.
+ On the other hand, soldiers and emigrants were eager to leave the island
+ if they could. They were near starvation, or if they did not starve they
+ were using food to which they were not accustomed. The eagerness with
+ which, in 1493, men had wished to rush to this land of promise, was
+ succeeded by an equal eagerness, in 1498, to go home from it.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ As soon as he arrived, Columbus issued a proclamation, approving of the
+ measures of his brother in his absence, and denouncing the rebels with
+ whom Bartholomew had been contending. He found the difficulties which
+ surrounded him were of the most serious character. He had not force enough
+ to take up arms against the rebels of different names. He offered pardon
+ to them in the name of the sovereigns, and that they refused.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus was obliged, in order to maintain any show of authority, to
+ propose to the sovereigns that they should arbitrate between his brother
+ and Roldan, who was the chief of the rebel party. He called to the minds
+ of Ferdinand and Isabella his own eager desire to return to San Domingo
+ sooner, and ascribed the difficulties which had arisen, in large measure,
+ to his long delay. He said he should send home the more worthless men by
+ every ship.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He asked that preachers might be sent out to convert the Indians and to
+ reform the dissolute Spaniards. He asked for officers of revenue, and for
+ a learned judge. He begged at the same time that, for two years longer,
+ the colony might be permitted to employ the Indians as slaves, but he
+ promised they would only use such as they captured in war and
+ insurrections.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ By the same vessel the rebels sent out letters charging Columbus and his
+ brother with the grossest oppression and injustice. All these letters came
+ to court by one messenger. Columbus was then left to manage as best he
+ could, in the months which must pass, before he could receive an answer.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He was not wholly without success. That is to say, no actual battles took
+ place between the parties before the answer returned. But when it
+ returned, it proved to be written by his worst enemy, Fonseca. It was a
+ genuine Spanish answer to a letter which required immediate decision. That
+ is to say, Columbus was simply told that the whole matter must be left in
+ suspense till the sovereigns could make such an investigation as they
+ wished. The hope, therefore, of some help from home was wholly
+ disappointed.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Roldan, the chief of the rebels, was encouraged by this news to take
+ higher ground than even he had ventured on before. He now proposed that he
+ should send fifteen of his company to Spain, also that those who remained
+ should not only be pardoned, but should have lands granted them; third,
+ that a public proclamation should be made that all charges against him had
+ been false; and fourth, that he should hold the office of chief judge,
+ which he had held before the rebellion.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus was obliged to accede to terms as insolent as these, and the
+ rebels even added a stipulation, that if he should fail in fulfilling
+ either of these articles, they might compel him to comply, by force or any
+ other means. Thus was he hampered in the very position where, by the
+ king&rsquo;s orders, and indeed, one would say, by the right of discovery, he
+ was the supreme master.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ For himself, he determined to return with Bartholomew to Spain, and he
+ made some preparations to do so. But at this time he learned, from the
+ western part of the island, that four strange ships had arrived there. He
+ could not feel that it was safe to leave the colony in such a condition of
+ latent rebellion as he knew it to be in; he wrote again to the sovereigns,
+ and said directly that his capitulation with the rebels had been extorted
+ by force, and that he did not consider that the sovereigns, or that he
+ himself, were bound by it. He pressed some of the requests which he had
+ made before, and asked that his son Diego, who was no longer a boy, might
+ be sent out to him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It proved that the ships which had arrived at the west of the island were
+ under the command of Ojeda, who will be remembered as a bold cavalier in
+ the adventures of the second voyage. Acting under a general permission
+ which had been given for private adventurers, Ojeda had brought out this
+ squadron, and, when Columbus communicated with him, was engaged in cutting
+ dye-woods and shipping slaves.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus sent Roldan, who had been the head of the rebels, to inquire on
+ what ground he was there. Ojeda produced a license signed by Fonseca,
+ authorizing him to sail on a voyage of discovery. It proved that
+ Columbus&rsquo;s letters describing the pearls of Paria had awakened curiosity
+ and enthusiasm, and, while the crown had passed them by so coldly, Ojeda
+ and a body of adventurers had obtained a license and had fitted out four
+ ships for adventure. The special interest of this voyage for us, is that
+ it is supposed that Vespucci, a Florentine merchant, made at this time his
+ first expedition to America.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Vespucci was not a professional seaman, but he was interested in
+ geography, and had made many voyages before this time. So soon as it was
+ announced that Ojeda was on the coast, the rebels of San Domingo selected
+ him as a new leader. He announced to Columbus, rather coolly, that he
+ could probably redress the grievances which these men had. He undoubtedly
+ knew that he had the protection of Fonseca at home. Fortunately for
+ Columbus, Roldan did not mean to give up his place as &ldquo;leader of the
+ opposition;&rdquo; and it may be said that the difficulty between the two was a
+ certain advantage to Columbus in maintaining his authority.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Meanwhile, all wishes on his part to continue his discoveries were futile,
+ while he was engaged in the almost hopeless duty of reconciling various
+ adventurers and conciliating people who had no interests but their own. In
+ Spain, his enemies were doing everything in their power to undermine his
+ reputation. His statements were read more and more coldly, and at last, on
+ the twenty-first and twenty-sixth of May, 1499, letters were written to
+ him instructing him to deliver into the hands of Bobadilla, a new
+ commandant, all the fortresses any ships, houses and other royal property
+ which he held, and to give faith and obedience to any instructions given
+ by Bobadilla. That is to say, Bobadilla was sent out as a commander who
+ was to take precedence of every one on the spot. He was an officer of the
+ royal household, probably a favorite at court, and was selected for the
+ difficult task of reconciling all difficulties, and bringing the new
+ colony into loyal allegiance to the crown. He sailed for San Domingo in
+ the middle of July, 1500, and arrived on the twenty-third of August.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On his arrival, he found that Columbus and his brother Bartholomew were
+ both absent from the city, being in fact engaged in efforts to set what
+ may be called the provinces in order. The young Diego Columbus was
+ commander in their absence. The morning after he arrived, Bobadilla
+ attended mass, and then, with the people assembled around the door of the
+ church, he directed that his commission should be read. He was to
+ investigate the rebellion, he was to seize the persons of delinquents and
+ punish them with rigor, and he was to command the Admiral to assist him in
+ these duties.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He then bade Diego surrender to him certain prisoners, and ordered that
+ their accusers should appear before him. To this Diego replied that his
+ brother held superior powers to any which Bobadilla could possess; he
+ asked for a copy of the commission, which was declined, until Columbus
+ himself should arrive. Bobadilla then took the oath of office, and
+ produced, for the first time, the order which has been described above,
+ ordering Columbus to deliver up all the royal property. He won the popular
+ favor by reading an order which directed him to pay all arrears of wages
+ due to all persons in the royal service.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ But when he came before the fortress, he found that the commander declined
+ to surrender it. He said he held the fortress for the king by the command
+ of the Admiral, and would not deliver it until he should arrive.
+ Bobadilla, however, &ldquo;assailed the portal;&rdquo; that is to say, he broke open
+ the gate. No one offered any opposition, and the commander and his
+ first-lieutenant were taken prisoners. He went farther, taking up his
+ residence in Columbus&rsquo;s house, and seizing his papers. So soon as Columbus
+ received account of Bobadilla&rsquo;s arrival, he wrote to him in careful terms,
+ welcoming him to the island. He cautioned him against precipitate
+ measures, told him that he himself was on the point of going to Spain, and
+ that he would soon leave him in command, with everything explained.
+ Bobadilla gave no answer to these letters; and when Columbus received from
+ the sovereigns the letter of the twenty-sixth of May, he made no longer
+ any hesitation, but reported in person at the city of San Domingo.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He traveled without guards or retinue, but Bobadilla had made hostile
+ preparations, as if Columbus meant to come with military force. Columbus
+ preferred to show his own loyalty to the crown and to remove suspicion.
+ But no sooner did he arrive in the city than Bobadilla gave orders that he
+ should be put in irons and confined in the fortress. Up to this moment,
+ Bobadilla had been sustained by the popular favor of those around him; but
+ the indignity, of placing chains upon Columbus, seems to have made a
+ change in the fickle impressions of the little town.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus, himself, behaved with magnanimity, and made no complaint.
+ Bobadilla asked him to bid his brother return to San Domingo, and he
+ complied. He begged his brother to submit to the authority of the
+ sovereigns, and Bartholomew immediately did so. On his arrival in San
+ Domingo he was also put in irons, as his brother Diego had been, and was
+ confined on board a caravel. As soon as a set of charges could be made up
+ to send to Spain with Columbus, the vessels, with the prisoners, set sail.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The master of the caravel, Martin, was profoundly grieved by the severe
+ treatment to which the great navigator was subjected. He would gladly have
+ taken off his irons, but Columbus would not consent. &ldquo;I was commanded by
+ the king and queen,&rdquo; he said, &ldquo;to submit to whatever Bobadilla should
+ order in their name. He has put these chains on me by their authority. I
+ will wear them until the king and queen bid me take them off. I will
+ preserve them afterwards as relics and memorials of the reward of my
+ services.&rdquo; His son, Fernando, who tells this story, says that he did so,
+ that they were always hanging in his cabinet, and that he asked that they
+ might be buried with him when he died.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ From this expression of Fernando Columbus, there has arisen, what Mr.
+ Harrisse calls, a &ldquo;pure legend,&rdquo; that the chains were placed in the coffin
+ of Columbus. Mr. Harrisse shows good reason for thinking that this was not
+ so. &ldquo;Although disposed to believe that, in a moment of just indignation,
+ Columbus expressed the wish that these tokens of the ingratitude of which
+ he had been the victim should be buried, with him, I do not believe that
+ they were ever placed in his coffin.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It will thus be seen that the third voyage added to the knowledge of the
+ civilized world the information which Columbus had gained regarding Paria
+ and the island of Trinidad. For other purposes of discovery, it was
+ fruitless.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0011" id="link2HCH0011">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER XI. &mdash; SPAIN, 1500, 1501.
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ A CORDIAL RECEPTION IN SPAIN&mdash;COLUMBUS FAVORABLY RECEIVED AT COURT&mdash;NEW
+ INTEREST IN GEOGRAPHICAL DISCOVERY&mdash;HIS PLANS FOR THE REDEMPTION OF
+ THE HOLY SEPULCHRE&mdash;PREPARATIONS FOR A FOURTH EXPEDITION.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus was right in insisting on wearing his chains. They became rather
+ an ornament than a disgrace. So soon as it was announced in Spain that the
+ great discoverer had been so treated by Bobadilla, a wave of popular
+ indignation swept through the people and reached the court. Ferdinand and
+ Isabella, themselves, had never intended to give such powers to their
+ favorite, that he should disgrace a man so much his superior.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They instantly sent orders to Cadiz that Columbus should be received with
+ all honor. So soon as he arrived he had been able to send, to Dona Juana
+ de la Torre, a lady high in favor at court, a private letter, in which he
+ made a proud defense of himself. This letter is still preserved, and it is
+ of the first interest, as showing his own character, and as showing what
+ were the real hardships which he had undergone.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Lady Juana read this letter to Isabella. Her own indignation, which
+ probably had been kindled by the general news that Columbus had been
+ chained, rose to the highest. She received him, therefore, when he arrived
+ at court, with all the more cordiality. Ferdinand was either obliged to
+ pretend to join with her in her indignation, or he had really felt
+ distressed by the behavior of his subordinate.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They did not wait for any documents from Bobadilla. As has been said, they
+ wrote cordially to Columbus; they also ordered that two thousand ducats
+ should be paid him for his expenses, and they bade him appear at Grenada
+ at court. He did appear there on the seventeenth of December, attended by
+ an honorable retinue, and in the proper costume of a gentleman in favor
+ with the king and queen.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ When the queen met him she was moved to tears, and Columbus, finding
+ himself so kindly received, threw himself upon his knees. For some time he
+ could not express himself except by tears and sobs. His sovereigns raised
+ him from the ground and encouraged him by gracious words.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ So soon as he recovered his self-possession he made such an address as he
+ had occasion to make more than once in his life, and showed the eloquence
+ which is possible to a man of affairs. He could well boast of his loyalty
+ to the Spanish crown; and he might well say that, whether he were or were
+ not experienced in government, he had been surrounded by such difficulties
+ in administration as hardly any other man had had to go through. But
+ really, it was hardly necessary that he should vindicate himself.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The stupidity of his enemies, had injured their cause more than any
+ carelessness of Columbus could have done. The sovereigns expressed their
+ indignation at Bobadilla&rsquo;s proceedings, and, indeed, declared at once that
+ he should be dismissed from command. They never took any public notice of
+ the charges which he had sent home; on the other hand, they received
+ Columbus with dignity and favor, and assured him that he should be
+ reinstated in all his privileges.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The time at which he arrived was, in a certain sense, favorable for his
+ future plans, so far as he had formed any. On the other hand, the
+ condition of affairs was wholly changed from what it was when he began his
+ great discoveries, and the changes were in some degree unfavorable. Vasco
+ da Gama had succeeded in the great enterprise by which he had doubled the
+ Cape of Good Hope, had arrived at the Indies by the route of the Indian
+ ocean, and his squadron had successfully returned.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ This great adventure, with the commercial and other results which would
+ certainly follow it, had quickened the mind of all Europe, as the
+ discovery by Columbus had quickened it eight years before. So far, any
+ plan for the discoveries over which Columbus was always brooding, would be
+ favorably received. But, on the other hand, in eight years since the first
+ voyage, a large body of skillful adventurers had entered upon the career
+ which then no one chose to share with him. The Pinzon brothers were among
+ these; Ojeda, already known to the reader, was another; and Vespucci, as
+ the reader knows, an intelligent and wise student, had engaged himself in
+ such discoveries.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The rumors of the voyages of the Cabots, much farther north than those
+ made by Columbus, had gone through all Europe. In a word, Columbus was now
+ only one of several skilful pilots and voyagers, and his plans were to be
+ considered side by side with those which were coming forward almost every
+ day, for new discoveries, either by the eastern route, of which Vasco da
+ Gama had shown the practicability, or by the western route, which Columbus
+ himself had first essayed.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It is to be remembered, as well, that Columbus was now an old man, and,
+ whatever were his successes as a discoverer, he had not succeeded as a
+ commander. There might have been reasons for his failure; but failure is
+ failure, and men do not accord to an unsuccessful leader the honors which
+ they are ready to give to a successful discoverer. When, therefore, he
+ offered his new plans at court, he should have been well aware that they
+ could not be received, as if he were the only one who could make
+ suggestions. Probably he was aware of this. He was also obliged, whether
+ he would or would not, to give up the idea that he was to be the commander
+ of the regions which he discovered.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It had been easy enough to grant him this command before there was so much
+ as an inch of land known, over which it would make him the master. But now
+ that it was known that large islands, and probably a part of the continent
+ of Asia, were to be submitted to his sway if he had it, there was every
+ reason why the sovereigns should be unwilling to maintain for him the
+ broad rights which they had been willing to give when a scratch of the pen
+ was all that was needful to give them.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Bobadilla was recalled; so far well. But neither Ferdinand nor Isabella
+ chose to place Columbus again in his command. They did choose Don Nicola
+ Ovando, a younger man, to take the place of Bobadilla, to send him home,
+ and to take the charge of the colony.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ From the colony itself, the worst accounts were received. If Columbus and
+ his brother had failed, Bobadilla had failed more disgracefully. Indeed,
+ he had begun by the policy of King Log, as an improvement on the policy of
+ King Stork. He had favored all rebels, he had pardoned them, he had even
+ paid them for the time which they had spent in rebellion; and the natural
+ result was utter disorder and license.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It does not appear that he was a bad man; he was a man wholly unused to
+ command; he was an imprudent man, and was weak. He had compromised the
+ crown by the easy terms on which he had rented and sold estates; he had
+ been obliged, in order to maintain the revenue, to work the natives with
+ more severity than ever. He knew very well that the system, under which he
+ was working could not last long. One of his maxims was, &ldquo;Do the best with
+ your time,&rdquo; and he was constantly sacrificing future advantages for such
+ present results as he could achieve.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Indians, who had been treated badly enough before, were worse treated
+ now. And during his short administration, if it may be called an
+ administration,&mdash;during the time when he was nominally at the head of
+ affairs&mdash;he was reducing the island to lower and lower depths. He did
+ succeed in obtaining a large product of gold, but the abuses of his
+ government were not atoned for by such remittances. Worst of all, the
+ wrongs of the natives touched the sensitiveness of Isabella, and she was
+ eager that his successor should be appointed, and should sail, to put an
+ end to these calamities.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The preparations which were made for Ovando&rsquo;s expedition, for the recall
+ of Bobadilla, and for a reform, if it were possible, in the administration
+ of the colony, all set back any preparations for a new expedition of
+ discovery on the part of Columbus. He was not forgotten; his accounts were
+ to be examined and any deficiencies made up to him; he was to receive the
+ arrears of his revenue; he was permitted to have an agent who should see
+ that he received his share in future. To this agency he appointed Alonzo
+ Sanchez de Carvajal, and the sovereigns gave orders that this agent should
+ be treated with respect.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Other preparations were made, so that Ovando might arrive with a strong
+ reinforcement for the colony. He sailed with thirty ships, the size of
+ these vessels ranging from one hundred and fifty Spanish toneles to one
+ bark of twenty-five. It will be remembered that the Spanish tonele is
+ larger by about ten per cent than our English ton. Twenty-five hundred
+ persons embarked as colonists in the vessels, and, for the first time, men
+ took their families with them.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Everything was done to give dignity to the appointment of Ovando, and it
+ was hoped that by sending out families of respectable character, who were
+ to be distributed in four towns, there might be a better basis given to
+ the settlement. This measure had been insisted upon by Columbus.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ This fleet put to sea on the thirteenth of February, 1502. It met, at the
+ very outset, a terrible storm, and one hundred and twenty of the
+ passengers were lost by the foundering of a ship. The impression was at
+ first given in Spain that the whole fleet had been lost; but this proved
+ to be a mistake. The others assembled at the Canaries, and arrived in San
+ Domingo on the fifteenth of April.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus himself never lost confidence in his own star. He was sure that
+ he was divinely sent, and that his mission was to open the way to the
+ Indies, for the religious advancement of mankind. If Vasco de Gama had
+ discovered a shorter way than men knew before, Christopher Columbus should
+ discover one shorter still, and this discovery should tend to the glory of
+ God. It seemed to him that the simplest way in which he could make men
+ understand this, was to show that the Holy Sepulchre might, now and thus,
+ be recovered from the infidel.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Far from urging geographical curiosity as an object, he proposed rather
+ the recovery of the Holy Sepulchre. That is, there was to be a new and
+ last crusade, and the money for this enterprise was to be furnished from
+ the gold of the farthest East. He was close at the door of this farthest
+ East; and as has been said, he believed that Cuba was the Ophir of
+ Solomon, and he supposed, that a very little farther voyaging would open
+ all the treasures which Marco Polo had described, and would bring the
+ territory, which had made the Great Khan so rich, into the possession of
+ the king of Spain.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He showed to Ferdinand and Isabella that, if they would once more let him
+ go forward, on the adventure which had been checked untimely by the
+ cruelty of Bobadilla, this time they would have wealth which would place
+ them at the head of the Christian sovereigns of the world.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ While he was inactive at Seville, and the great squadron was being
+ prepared which Ovando was to command, he wrote what is known as the &ldquo;Book
+ of Prophecies,&rdquo; in which he attempted to convince the Catholic kings of
+ the necessity of carrying forward the enterprise which he proposed. He
+ urged haste, because he believed the world was only to last a hundred and
+ fifty-five years longer; and, with so much before them to be done, it was
+ necessary that they should begin.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He remembered an old vow that he had undertaken, that, within seven years
+ of the time of his discovery, he would furnish fifty thousand foot
+ soldiers and five thousand horsemen for the recovery of the Holy
+ Sepulchre. He now arranged in order prophecies from the Holy Scripture,
+ passages from the writings of the Fathers, and whatever else suggested
+ itself, mystical and hopeful, as to the success of an enterprise by which
+ the new world could be used for the conversion of the Gentiles and for the
+ improvement of the Christianity of the old world.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He had the assistance of a Carthusian monk, who seems to have been skilled
+ in literary work, and the two arranged these passages in order,
+ illustrated them with poetry, and collected them into a manuscript volume
+ which was sent to the sovereigns.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus accompanied the Book of Prophecies with one of his own long
+ letters, written with the utmost fervor. In this letter he begins, as
+ Peter the Hermit might do, by urging the sovereigns to set on foot a
+ crusade. If they are tempted to consider his advice extravagant, he asks
+ them how his first scheme of discovery was treated. He shows that, as
+ heaven had chosen him to discover the new world, heaven has also chosen
+ him to discover the Holy Sepulchre. God himself had opened his eyes that
+ he might make the great discovery, which has reflected such honor upon
+ them and theirs.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;If his hopes had been answered,&rdquo; says a Catholic writer, &ldquo;the modern
+ question of holy places, which is the Gordian knot of the religious
+ politics of the future, would have been solved long ago by the gold of the
+ new world, or would have been cut by the sword of its discoverer. We
+ should not have seen nations which are separated from the Roman communion,
+ both Protestant and Pantheistic governments, coming audaciously into
+ contest for privileges, which, by the rights of old possession, by the
+ rights of martyrdom and chivalry, belong to the Holy Catholic Church, the
+ Apostolic Church, the Roman Church, and after her to France, her oldest
+ daughter.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus now supposed that the share of the western wealth which would
+ belong to him would be sufficient for him to equip and arm a hundred
+ thousand infantry and ten thousand horsemen.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ At the moment when the Christian hero made this pious calculation he had
+ not enough of this revenue with which &ldquo;to buy a cloak,&rdquo; This is the remark
+ of the enthusiastic biographer from whom we have already quoted.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It is not literally true, but it is true that Columbus was living in the
+ most modest way at the time when he was pressing his ambitious schemes
+ upon the court. At the same time, he wrote a poem with which he undertook
+ to press the same great enterprise upon his readers. It was called &ldquo;The
+ End of Man,&rdquo; &ldquo;Memorare novissima tua, et non peccabis in eternum.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ In his letter to the king and queen he says, &ldquo;Animated as by a heavenly
+ fire, I came to your Highnesses; all who heard of my enterprise mocked it;
+ all the sciences I had acquired profited me as nothing; seven years did I
+ pass in your royal court, disputing the case with persons of great
+ authority and learned in all the arts, and in the end they decided that
+ all was vain. In your Highnesses alone remained faith and constancy. Who
+ will doubt that this light was from the Holy Scriptures, illumining you,
+ as well as myself, with rays of marvellous brightness.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It is probable that the king and queen were, to a certain extent,
+ influenced by his enthusiasm. It is certain that they knew that something
+ was due to their reputation and to his success. By whatever motive led,
+ they encouraged him with hopes that he might be sent forward again, this
+ time, not as commander of a colony, but as a discoverer. Discovery was
+ indeed the business which he understood, and to which alone he should ever
+ have been commissioned.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It is to be remembered that the language of crusaders was not then a
+ matter of antiquity, and was not used as if it alluded to bygone affairs.
+ It was but a few years since the Saracens had been driven out of Spain,
+ and all men regarded them as being the enemies of Christianity and of
+ Europe, who could not be neglected. More than this, Spain was beginning to
+ receive very large and important revenues from the islands.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It is said that the annual revenues from Hispaniola already amounted to
+ twelve millions of our dollars. It was not unnatural that the king and
+ queen, willing to throw off the disgrace which they had incurred from
+ Bobadilla&rsquo;s cruelty, should not only send Ovando to replace him, but
+ should, though in an humble fashion, give to Columbus an opportunity to
+ show that his plans were not chimerical.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0012" id="link2HCH0012">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER XII. &mdash; FOURTH VOYAGE.
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ THE INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN FOR THE VOYAGE&mdash;HE IS TO GO TO THE MAINLAND OF
+ THE INDIES&mdash;A SHORT PASSAGE&mdash;OVANDO FORBIDS THE ENTRANCE OF
+ COLUMBUS INTO HARBOR&mdash;BOBADILLA&rsquo;S SQUADRON AND ITS FATE&mdash;COLUMBUS
+ SAILS WESTWARD&mdash;DISCOVERS HONDURAS, AND COASTS ALONG ITS SHORES&mdash;THE
+ SEARCH FOR GOLD&mdash;COLONY ATTEMPTED AND ABANDONED&mdash;THE VESSELS
+ BECOME UNSEAWORTHY&mdash;REFUGE AT JAMAICA&mdash;MUTINY LED BY THE
+ BROTHERS PORRAS&mdash;MESSAGES TO SAN DOMINGO&mdash;THE ECLIPSE&mdash;ARRIVAL
+ OF RELIEF&mdash;COLUMBUS RETURNS TO SAN DOMINGO, AND TO SPAIN.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It seems a pity now that, after his third voyage, Columbus did not remain
+ in Spain and enjoy, as an old man could, the honors which he had earned
+ and the respect which now waited upon him. Had this been so, the world
+ would have been spared the mortification which attends the thought that
+ the old man to whom it owes so much suffered almost everything in one last
+ effort, failed in that effort, and died with the mortification of failure.
+ But it is to be remembered that Columbus was not a man to cultivate the
+ love of leisure. He had no love of leisure to cultivate. His life had been
+ an active one. He had attempted the solution of a certain problem which he
+ had not solved, and every day of leisure, even every occasion of effort
+ and every word of flattery, must have quickened in him new wishes to take
+ the prize which seemed so near, and to achieve the possibility which had
+ thus far eluded him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ From time to time, therefore, he had addressed new memorials to the
+ sovereigns proposing a new expedition; and at last, by an instruction
+ which is dated on the fourteenth of March, in the year 1502, a fourth
+ voyage was set on foot at the charge of the king and queen,&mdash;an
+ instruction not to stop at Hispaniola, but, for the saving of time, to
+ pass by that island. This is a graceful way of intimating to him that he
+ is not to mix himself up with the rights and wrongs of the new settlement.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The letter goes on to say, that the sovereigns have communicated with the
+ King of Portugal, and that they have explained to him that Columbus is
+ pressing his discoveries at the west and will not interfere with those of
+ the Portuguese in the east. He is instructed to regard the Portuguese
+ explorers as his friends, and to make no quarrel with them. He is
+ instructed to take with him his sons, Fernando and Diego. This is probably
+ at his request.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The prime object of the instruction is still to strike the mainland of the
+ Indies. All the instructions are, &ldquo;You will make a direct voyage, if the
+ weather does not prevent you, for discovering the islands and the mainland
+ of the Indies in that part which belongs to us.&rdquo; He is to take possession
+ of these islands and of this mainland, and to inform the sovereigns in
+ regard to his discoveries, and the experience of former voyages has taught
+ them that great care must be taken to avoid private speculation in &ldquo;gold,
+ silver, pearls, precious stones, spices and other things of different
+ quality.&rdquo; For this purpose special instructions are given.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Of this voyage we have Columbus&rsquo;s own official account.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ There were four vessels, three of which were rated as caravels. The fourth
+ was very small. The chief vessel was commanded by Diego Tristan; the
+ second, the Santiago, by Francisco de Porras; the third, the Viscaina
+ (Biscayan), by Bartholomew de Fiesco; and the little Gallician by Pedro de
+ Torreros. None of these vessels, as the reader will see, was ever to
+ return to Spain. From de Porras and his brother, Columbus and the
+ expedition were to receive disastrous blows.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It must be observed that he is once more in his proper position of a
+ discoverer. He has no government or other charge of colonies entrusted to
+ him. His brother Bartholomew and his youngest son Fernando, sail with him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The little squadron sailed from the bay of Cadiz on the eleventh of May,
+ 1502. They touched at Sicilla,&mdash;a little port on the coast of
+ Morocco,&mdash;to relieve its people, a Portuguese garrison, who had been
+ besieged by the Moors. But finding them out of danger, Columbus went at
+ once to the Grand Canary island, and had a favorable passage.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ From the Grand Canary to the island which he calls &ldquo;the first island of
+ the Indies,&rdquo; and which he named Martinino, his voyage was only seventeen
+ days long. This island was either the St. Lucia or the Martinique of
+ today. Hence he passed to Dominica, and thence crossed to San Domingo, to
+ make repairs, as he said. For, as has been said, he had been especially
+ ordered not to interfere in the affairs of the settlement.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He did not disobey his orders. He says distinctly that he intended to pass
+ along the southern shore of San Domingo, and thence take a departure for
+ the continent. But he says, that his principal vessel sailed very ill&mdash;could
+ not carry much canvas, and delayed the rest of the squadron. This weakness
+ must have increased after the voyage across the ocean. For this reason he
+ hoped to exchange it for another ship at San Domingo.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ But he did not enter the harbor. He sent a letter to Ovando, now the
+ governor, and asked his permission. He added, to the request he made, a
+ statement that a tempest was at hand which he did not like to meet in the
+ offing. Ovando, however, refused any permission to enter. He was, in fact,
+ just dispatching a fleet to Spain, with Bobadilla, Columbus&rsquo;s old enemy,
+ whom Ovando had replaced in his turn.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus, in an eager wish to be of use, by a returning messenger begged
+ Ovando to delay this fleet till the gale had passed. But the seamen
+ ridiculed him and his gale, and begged Ovando to send the fleet home.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He did so. Bobadilla and his fleet put to sea. In ten days a West India
+ hurricane struck them. The ship on which Columbus&rsquo;s enemies, Bobadilla and
+ Roldan, sailed, was sunk with them and the gold accumulated for years. Of
+ the whole fleet, only one vessel, called the weakest of all, reached
+ Spain. This ship carried four thousand pieces of gold, which were the
+ property of the Admiral. Columbus&rsquo;s own little squadron, meanwhile&mdash;thanks
+ probably to the seamanship of himself and his brother&mdash;weathered the
+ storm, and he found refuge in the harbor which he had himself named &ldquo;the
+ beautiful,&rdquo; El Hermoso, in the western part of San Domingo.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Another storm delayed him at a port which he called Port Brasil. The word
+ Brasil was the name which the Spaniards gave to the red log-wood, so
+ valuable in dyeing, and various places received that name, where this wood
+ was found. The name is derived from &ldquo;Brasas,&rdquo;&mdash;coals,&mdash;in
+ allusion, probably, to the bright red color of the dye.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Sailing from this place, on Saturday, the sixteenth of June, they made
+ sight of the island of Jamaica, but he pressed on without making any
+ examination of the country, for four days sailing west and south-west. He
+ then changed his course, and sailed for two days to the northwest and
+ again two days to the north.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On Sunday, the twenty fourth of July, they saw land. This was the key now
+ known as Cuyago, and they were at last close upon the mainland. After
+ exploring this island they sailed again on Wednesday, the twenty-seventh,
+ southwest and quarter southwest about ninety miles, and again they saw
+ land, which is supposed to be the island of Guanaja or Bonacca, near the
+ coast of Honduras.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Indians on this island had some gold and some pearls. They had seen
+ whites before. Columbus calls them men of good stature. Sailing from this
+ island, he struck the mainland near Truxillo, about ten leagues from the
+ island of Guanaja. He soon found the harbor, which we still know as the
+ harbor of Truxillo, and from this point Columbus began a careful
+ investigation of the coast.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He observed, what all navigators have since observed, the lack of harbors.
+ He passed along as far as the river now known as the Tinto, where he took
+ possession in the name of the sovereigns, calling this river the River of
+ Possession. He found the natives savage, and the country of little account
+ for his purposes. Still passing southward, he passed what we call the
+ Mosquito Coast, to which he found the natives gave the name of Cariay.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ These people were well disposed and willing to treat with them. They had
+ some cotton, they had some gold. They wore very little clothing, and they
+ painted their bodies, as most of the natives of the islands had done. He
+ saw what he thought to be pigs and large mountain cats.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Still passing southward, running into such bays or other harbors as they
+ found, he entered the &ldquo;Admiral&rsquo;s Bay,&rdquo; in a country which had the name of
+ Cerabaro, or Zerabora. Here an Indian brought a plate of gold and some
+ other pieces of gold, and Columbus was, encouraged in his hopes of finding
+ more.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The natives told him that if he would keep on he would find another bay
+ which they called Arburarno, which is supposed to be the Laguna Chiriqui.
+ They said the people, of that country, lived in the mountains. Here
+ Columbus noticed the fact,&mdash;one which has given to philologists one
+ of their central difficulties for four hundred years since,&mdash;that as
+ he passed from one point to another of the American shores, the Indians
+ did not understand each other&rsquo;s language. &ldquo;Every ten or twenty leagues
+ they did not understand each other.&rdquo; In entering the river Veragua, the
+ Indians appeared armed with lances and arrows, some of them having gold
+ also. Here, also, the people did not live upon the shore, but two or three
+ leagues back in the interior, and they only came to the sea by their
+ canoes upon the rivers.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The next province was then called Cobraba, but Columbus made no landing
+ for want of a proper harbor. All his courses since he struck the continent
+ had been in a southeasterly direction. That an expedition for westward
+ discovery should be sailing eastward, seemed in itself a contradiction.
+ What irritated the crews still more was, that the wind seemed always
+ against them.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ From the second to the ninth of November, 1502, the little fleet lay at
+ anchor in the spacious harbor, which he called Puerto Bello, &ldquo;the
+ beautiful harbor.&rdquo; It is still known by that name. A considerable Spanish
+ city grew up there, which became well known to the world in the last
+ century by the attack upon it by the English in the years 1739 and 1742.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The formation of the coast compelled them to pass eastward as they went
+ on. But the currents of the Gulf flow in the opposite direction. Here
+ there were steady winds from the east and the northeast. The ships were
+ pierced by the teredo, which eats through thick timbers, and is so
+ destructive that the seamen of later times have learned to sheath the
+ hulls of their vessels with copper.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The seamen thought that they were under the malign influence of some
+ adverse spell. And after a month Columbus gave way to their remonstrances,
+ and abandoned his search for a channel to India. He was the more ready to
+ do this because he was satisfied that the land by which he lay was
+ connected with the coast which other Spaniards had already discovered. He
+ therefore sailed westward again, retracing his course to explore the gold
+ mines of Veragua.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ But the winds could change as quickly as his purposes, and now for nearly
+ a fortnight they had to fight a tropical tempest. At one moment they met
+ with a water-spout, which seemed to advance to them directly. The sailors,
+ despairing of human help, shouted passages from St. John, and to their
+ efficacy ascribed their escape. It was not until the seventeenth that they
+ found themselves safely in harbor. He gave to the whole coast the name of
+ &ldquo;the coast of contrasts,&rdquo; to preserve the memory of his disappointments.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The natives proved friendly, as he had found them before; but they told
+ him that he would find no more gold upon the coast; that the mines were in
+ the country of the Veragua. It was, on the tenth day of January that,
+ after some delay, Columbus entered again the river of that name.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The people told him where he should find the mines, and were all ready to
+ send guides with his own people to point them out. He gave to this river,
+ the name of the River of Belen, and to the port in which he anchored he
+ gave the name of Santa Maria de Belen, or Bethlehem.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ His men discovered the mines, so called, at a distance of eight leagues
+ from the port. The country between was difficult, being mountainous and
+ crossed by many streams. They were obliged to pass the river of Veragua
+ thirty-nine times. The Indians themselves were dexterous in taking out
+ gold. Columbus added to their number seventy-five men.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ In one day&rsquo;s work, they obtained &ldquo;two or three castellianos&rdquo; without much
+ difficulty. A castelliano was a gold coin of the time, and the meaning of
+ the text is probably that each man obtained this amount. It was one of the
+ &ldquo;placers,&rdquo; such as have since proved so productive in different parts of
+ the world.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus satisfied himself that there was a much larger population inland.
+ He learned from the Indians that the cacique, as he always calls the chief
+ of these tribes, was a most important monarch in that region. His houses
+ were larger than others, built handsomely of wood, covered with palm
+ leaves.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The product of all the gold collected thus far is stated precisely in the
+ official register. There were two hundred and twenty pieces of gold, large
+ and small. Altogether they weighed seventy-two ounces, seven-eighths of an
+ ounce and one grain. Besides these were twelve pieces, great and small, of
+ an inferior grade of gold, which weighed fourteen ounces, three-eighths of
+ an ounce, and six tomienes, a tomiene weighing one-third part of our
+ drachm. In round numbers then, we will say that the result in gold of this
+ cruising would be now worth $1,500.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus collected gold in this way, to make his expedition popular at
+ home, and he had, indeed, mortgaged the voyage, so to speak, by pledging
+ the pecuniary results, as a fund to bear the expense of a new crusade.
+ But, for himself, the prime desire was always discovery.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Eventually the Spaniards spent two months in that region, pressing their
+ explorations in search of gold. And so promising did the tokens seem to
+ him, that he determined to leave his brother, to secure the country and
+ work the mines, while he should return to Spain, with the gold he had
+ collected, and obtain reinforcements and supplies. But all these fond
+ hopes were disappointed.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The natives, under a leader named Quibian, rallied in large numbers,
+ probably intending to drive the colonists away. It was only by the boldest
+ measures that their plans were met. When Columbus supposed that he had
+ suppressed their enterprise, he took leave of his brother, as he had
+ intended, leaving him but one of the four vessels.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Fortunately, as it proved, the wind did not serve. He sent back a boat to
+ communicate with the settlement, but it fell into the hands of the
+ savages. Doubtful as to the issue, a seaman, named Ledesma, volunteered to
+ swim through the surf, and communicate with the settlement. The brave
+ fellow succeeded. By passing through the surf again, he brought back the
+ news that the little colony was closely besieged by the savages.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It seemed clear that the settlement must be abandoned, that Columbus&rsquo;s
+ brother and his people must be taken back to Spain. This course was
+ adopted. With infinite difficulty, the guns and stores which had been left
+ with the colony were embarked on the vessels of the Admiral. The caravel
+ which had been left for the colony could not be taken from the river. She
+ was completely dismantled, and was left as the only memorial of this
+ unfortunate colony.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ At Puerto Bello he was obliged to leave another vessel, for she had been
+ riddled by the teredo. The two which he had were in wretched condition.
+ &ldquo;They were as full of holes as a honey-comb.&rdquo; On the southern coast of
+ Cuba, Columbus was obliged to supply them with cassava bread. The leaks
+ increased. The ships&rsquo; pumps were insufficient, and the men bailed out the
+ water with buckets and kettles. On the twentieth of June, they were
+ thankful to put into a harbor, called Puerto Bueno, on the coast of
+ Jamaica, where, as it proved, they eventually left their worthless
+ vessels, and where they were in exile from the world of civilization for
+ twelve months.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Nothing in history is more pathetic than the memory that such a waste of a
+ year, in the closing life of such a man as Columbus, should have been
+ permitted by the jealousy, the cruelty, or the selfish ambition of
+ inferior men.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He was not far from the colony at San Domingo. As the reader will see, he
+ was able to send a message to his countrymen there. But those countrymen
+ left him to take his chances against a strong tribe of savages. Indeed,
+ they would not have been sorry to know that he was dead.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ At first, however, he and his men welcomed the refuge of the harbor. It
+ was the port which he had called Santa Gloria, on his first visit there.
+ He was at once surrounded by Indians, ready to barter with them and bring
+ them provisions. The poor Spaniards were hungry enough to be glad of this
+ relief.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Mendez, a spirited sailor, had the oversight of this trade, and in one
+ negotiation, at some distance from the vessels, he bought a good canoe of
+ a friendly chief. For this he gave a brass basin, one of his two shirts,
+ and a short jacket. On this canoe turned their after fortunes. Columbus
+ refitted her, put on a false keel, furnished her with a mast and sail.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ With six Indians, whom the chief had lent him, Diego Mendez, accompanied
+ by only one Spanish companion, set sail in this little craft for San
+ Domingo. Columbus sent by them a letter to the sovereigns, which gives the
+ account of the voyage which the reader has been following.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ When Mendez was a hundred miles advanced on his journey, he met a band of
+ hostile savages. They had affected friendship until they had the
+ adventurers in their power, when they seized them all. But while the
+ savages were quarreling about the spoils, Mendez succeeded in escaping to
+ his canoe, and returned alone to his master after fifteen days.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It was determined that the voyage should be renewed. But this time,
+ another canoe was sent with that under the command of Mendez. He sailed
+ again, storing his boats with cassava bread and calabashes of water.
+ Bartholomew Columbus, with his armed band, marched along the coast, as the
+ two canoes sailed along the shore.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Waiting then for a clear day, Mendez struck northward, on the passage,
+ which was long for such frail craft, to San Domingo. It was eight months
+ before Columbus heard of them. Of those eight months, the history is of
+ dismal waiting, mutiny and civil war. It is pathetic, indeed, that a
+ little body of men, who had been, once and again, saved from death in the
+ most remarkable way, could not live on a fertile island, in a beautiful
+ climate, without quarrelling with each other.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Two officers of Columbus, Porras and his brother, led the sedition. They
+ told the rest of the crew that the Admiral&rsquo;s hope of relief from Mendez
+ was a mere delusion. They said that he was an exile from Spain, and that
+ he did not dare return to Hispaniola. In such ways they sought to rouse
+ his people against him and his brother. As for Columbus, he was sick on
+ board his vessel, while the two brothers Porras were working against him
+ among his men.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On the second of January, 1504, Francesco de Porras broke into the cabin.
+ He complained bitterly that they were kept to die in that desolate place,
+ and accused the Admiral as if it were his fault. He told Columbus, that
+ they had determined to go back to Spain; and then, lifting his voice, he
+ shouted, &ldquo;I am for Castile; who will follow me?&rdquo; The mutinous crew
+ instantly replied that they would do so. Voices were heard which
+ threatened Columbus&rsquo;s life.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ His brother, the Adelantado, persuaded Columbus to retire from the crowd
+ and himself assumed the whole weight of the assault. The loyal part of the
+ crew, however, persuaded him to put down his weapon, and on the other
+ hand, entreated Porras and his companions to depart. It was clear enough
+ that they had the power, and they tried to carry out their plans.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They embarked in ten canoes, and thus the Admiral was abandoned by
+ forty-eight of his men. They followed, to the eastward, the route which
+ Mendez had taken. In their lawless way they robbed the Indians of their
+ provisions and of anything else that they needed. As Mendez had done, they
+ waited at the eastern extremity of Jamaica for calm weather. They knew
+ they could not manage the canoes, and they had several Indians to help
+ them.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ When the sea was smooth they started; but they had hardly gone four
+ leagues from the land, when the waves began to rise under a contrary wind.
+ Immediately they turned for shore, the canoes were overfreighted, and as
+ the sea rose, frequently shipped water.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The frightened Spaniards threw overboard everything they could spare,
+ retaining their arms only, and a part of their provisions. They even
+ compelled the Indians to leap into the sea to lighten the boats, but,
+ though they were skillful swimmers, they could not pretend to make land by
+ swimming. They kept to the canoes, therefore, and would occasionally seize
+ them to recover breath. The cruel Spaniards cut off their hands and
+ stabbed them with their swords. Thus eighteen of their Indian comrades
+ died, and they had none left, but such as were of most help in managing
+ the canoes. Once on land, they doubted whether to make another effort or
+ to return to Columbus.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Eventually they waited a month, for another opportunity to go to
+ Hispaniola; but this failed as before, and losing all patience, they
+ returned westward, to the commander whom they had insulted, living on the
+ island &ldquo;by fair means or foul,&rdquo; according as they found the natives
+ friendly or unfriendly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus, meanwhile, with his half the crew, was waiting. He had
+ established as good order as he could between his men and the natives, but
+ he was obliged to keep a strict watch over such European food as he still
+ had, knowing how necessary it was for the sick men in his number. On the
+ other hand, the Indians, wholly unused to regular work, found it difficult
+ to supply the food which so many men demanded.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The supplies fell off from day to day; the natives no longer pressed down
+ to the harbor; the trinkets, with which food had been bought, had lost
+ their charm; the Spaniards began to fear that they should starve on the
+ shore of an island which, when Columbus discovered it, appeared to be the
+ abode of plenty. It was at this juncture, when the natives were becoming
+ more and more unfriendly, that Columbus justified himself by the tyrant&rsquo;s
+ plea of necessity, and made use of his astronomical science, to obtain a
+ supernatural power over his unfriendly allies.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He sent his interpreter to summon the principal caciques to a conference.
+ For this conference he appointed a day when he knew that a total eclipse
+ of the moon would take place. The chiefs met as they were requested. He
+ told them that he and his followers worshipped a God who lived in the
+ heavens; that that God favored such as did well, but punished all who
+ displeased him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He asked them to remember how this God had protected Mendez and his
+ companions in their voyage, because they went obedient to the orders which
+ had been given them by their chief. He asked them to remember that the
+ same God had punished Porras and his companions with all sorts of
+ affliction, because they were rebels. He said that now this great God was
+ angry with the Indians, because they refused to furnish food to his
+ faithful worshippers; that he proposed to chastise them with famine and
+ pestilence.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He said that, lest they should disbelieve the warning which he gave, a
+ sign would be given, in the heavens that night, of the anger of the great
+ God. They would see that the moon would change its color and would lose
+ its light. They might take this as a token of the punishment which awaited
+ them.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Indians had not that confidence in Columbus which they once had. Some
+ derided what he said, some were alarmed, all waited with anxiety and
+ curiosity. When the night came they saw a dark shadow begin to steal over
+ the moon. As the eclipse went forward, their fears increased. At last the
+ mysterious darkness covered the face of the sky and of the world, when
+ they knew that they had a right to expect the glory of the full moon.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ There were then no bounds to their terror. They, seized on all the
+ provisions that they had, they rushed to the ships, they threw themselves
+ at the feet of Columbus and begged him to intercede with his God, to
+ withhold the calamity which he had threatened. Columbus would not receive
+ them; he shut himself up in his cabin and remained there while the eclipse
+ increased, hearing from within, as the narrator says, the howls and
+ prayers of the savages.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It was not until he knew the eclipse was about to diminish, that he
+ condescended to come forth, and told them that he had interceded with God,
+ who would pardon them if they would fulfil their promises. In token of
+ pardon, the darkness would be withdrawn from the moon.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Indians saw the fulfilment of the promise, as they had seen the
+ fulfilment of the threat. The moon reappeared in its brilliancy. They
+ thanked the Admiral eagerly for his intercession, and repaired to their
+ homes. From this time forward, having proved that he knew on earth what
+ was passing in the heavens, they propitiated him with their gifts. The
+ supplies came in regularly, and from this time there was no longer any
+ want of provisions.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ But no tales of eclipses would keep the Spaniards quiet. Another
+ conspiracy was formed, as the eight remaining months of exile passed by,
+ among the survivors. They meant to seize the remaining canoes, and with
+ them make their way to Hispaniola. But, at the very point of the outbreak
+ of the new mutiny, a sail was seen standing toward the harbor.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Spaniards could see that the vessel was small. She kept the offing,
+ but sent a boat on shore. As the boat drew near, those who waited so
+ eagerly recognized Escobar, who had been condemned to death, in Isabella,
+ when Columbus was in administration, and was pardoned by his successor
+ Bobadilla. To see this man approaching for their relief was not hopeful,
+ though he were called a Christian, and was a countryman of their own.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Escobar drew up to the ships, on which the Spaniards still lived, and gave
+ them a letter from Ovando, the new governor of Hispaniola, with some bacon
+ and a barrel of wine, which were sent as presents to the Admiral. He told
+ Columbus, in a private interview, that the governor had sent him to
+ express his concern at his misfortune, and his regret that he had not a
+ vessel of sufficient size to bring off all the people, but that he would
+ send one as soon as possible. He assured him that his concerns in
+ Hispaniola were attended to faithfully in his absence; he asked him to
+ write to the governor in reply, as he wished to return at once.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ This was but scant comfort for men who had been eight months waiting to be
+ relieved. But Escobar was master of the position. Columbus wrote a reply
+ at once to Ovando, pointed out that the difficulties of his situation had
+ been increased by the rebellion of the brothers Porras. He, however,
+ expressed his reliance on his promise, and said he would remain patiently
+ on his ships until relief came. Escobar took the letter, returned to his
+ vessel, and she made sail at once, leaving the starving Spaniards in
+ dismay, to the same fate which hung over them before.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus tried to reassure them. He professed himself satisfied with the
+ communications from Ovando, and told them that vessels large enough for
+ them would soon arrive. He said that they could see that he believed this,
+ because he had not himself taken passage with Escobar, preferring to share
+ their lot with them. He had sent back the little vessel at once, so that
+ no time might be lost in sending the necessary ships.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ With these assurances he cheered their hearts. In truth, however, he was
+ very indignant at Ovando&rsquo;s cool behavior. That he should have left them
+ for months in danger and uncertainty, with a mere tantalizing message and
+ a scanty present of food&mdash;all this naturally made the great leader
+ indignant. He believed that Ovando hoped that he might perish on the
+ island.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He supposed that Ovando thought that this would be favorable for his own
+ political prospects, and he believed that Escobar was sent merely as a
+ spy. This same impression is given by Las Casas, the historian, who was
+ then at San Domingo. He says that Escobar was chosen simply because of his
+ enmity to Columbus, and that he was ordered not to land, nor to hold
+ conversation with any of the crew, nor to receive letters from any except
+ the Admiral.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ After Escobar&rsquo;s departure, Columbus sent an embassy on shore to
+ communicate with the rebel party, who were living on the island. He
+ offered to them free pardon, kind treatment, and a passage with him in the
+ ships which he expected from Ovando, and, as a token of good will, he sent
+ them a part of the bacon which Escobar had brought them.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Francesco de Porras met these ambassadors, and replied that they had no
+ wish to return to the ships, but preferred living at large. They offered
+ to engage that they would be peaceable, if the Admiral would promise them
+ solemnly, that, in case two vessels arrived, they should have one to
+ depart in; that if only one vessel arrived they should have half of it,
+ and that the Admiral would now share with them the stores and articles of
+ traffic, which he had left in the ship. But these demands Columbus refused
+ to accept.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Porras had spoken for the rebels, but they were not so well satisfied with
+ the answer. The incident gave occasion for what was almost an outbreak
+ among them. Porras attempted to hold them in hand, by assuring them that
+ there had been no real arrival of Escobar. He told them that there had
+ been no vessel in port; that what had been seen was a mere phantasm
+ conjured up by Columbus, who was deeply versed in necromancy.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He reminded them that the vessel arrived just in the edge of the evening;
+ that it communicated with Columbus only, and then disappeared in the
+ night. Had it been a real vessel would he not have embarked, with his
+ brother and his son? Was it not clear that it was only a phantom, which
+ appeared for a moment and then vanished?
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Not satisfied, however, with his control over his men, he marched them to
+ a point near the ships, hoping to plunder the stores and to take the
+ Admiral prisoner. Columbus, however, had notice of the approach of this
+ marauding party, and his brother and fifty followers, of whose loyalty he
+ was sure, armed themselves and marched to meet them. The Adelantado again
+ sent ambassadors, the same whom he had sent before with the offer of
+ pardon, but Porras and his companions would not permit them to approach.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They determined to offer battle to the fifty loyal men, thinking to attack
+ and kill the Adelantado himself. They rushed upon him and his party, but
+ at the first shock four or five of them were killed.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Adelantado, with his own hand, killed Sanchez, one of the most
+ powerful men among the rebels. Porras attacked him in turn, and with his
+ sword cut his buckler and wounded his hand. The sword, however, was wedged
+ in the shield, and before Porras could withdraw it, the Adelantado closed
+ upon him and made him prisoner. When the rebels saw this result of the
+ conflict, they fled in confusion.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Indians, meanwhile, amazed at this conflict among men who had
+ descended from heaven, gazed with wonder at the battle. When it was over,
+ they approached the field, and looked with amazement on the dead bodies of
+ the beings whom they had thought immortal. It is said, however, that at
+ the mere sound of a groan from one of the wounded they fled in dismay.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Adelantado returned in triumph to the ships. He brought with him his
+ prisoners. Only two of his party had been wounded, himself and his
+ steward. The next day the remaining fugitives sent in a petition to the
+ Admiral, confessing their misdeeds and asking for pardon.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He saw that their union was broken; he granted their prayer, on the single
+ condition that Francesco de Porras should remain a prisoner. He did not
+ receive them on board the ships, but put them under the command of a loyal
+ officer, to whom he gave a sufficient number of articles for trade, to
+ purchase food of the natives.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ This battle, for it was such, was the last critical incident in the long
+ exile of the Spaniards, for, after a year of hope and fear, two vessels
+ were seen standing into the harbor. One of them was a ship equipped, at
+ Columbus&rsquo;s own expense, by the faithful Mendez; the other had been fitted
+ out afterwards by Ovando, but had sailed in company with the first vessel
+ of relief.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It would seem that the little public of Isabella had been made indignant
+ by Ovando&rsquo;s neglect, and that he had been compelled, by public opinion to
+ send another vessel as a companion to that sent by Mendez. Mendez himself,
+ having seen the ships depart, went to Spain in the interest of the
+ Admiral.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ With the arrival at Puerto Bueno, in Jamaica, of the two relief vessels,
+ Columbus&rsquo;s chief sufferings and anxiety were over. The responsibility, at
+ least, was in other hands. But the passage to San Domingo consumed six
+ tedious weeks. When he arrived, however, it was to meet one of his
+ triumphs. He could hardly have expected it.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ But his sufferings, and the sense of wrong that he had suffered, had, in
+ truth, awakened the regard of the people of the colony. Ovando took him as
+ a guest to his house. The people received him with distinction.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He found little to gratify him, however. Ovando, had ruled the poor
+ natives with a rod of iron, and they were wretched. Columbus&rsquo;s own affairs
+ had been neglected, and he could gain no relief from the governor. He
+ spent only a month on the island, trying, as best he could, to bring some
+ order into the administration of his own property; and then, on the
+ twelfth of September, 1504, sailed for Spain.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Scarcely had the ship left harbor when she was dismasted in a squall. He
+ was obliged to cross to another ship, under command of his brother, the
+ Adelantado. She also was unfortunate. Her mainmast was sprung in a storm,
+ and she could not go on until the mast was shortened.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ In another gale the foremast was sprung, and it was only on the seventh of
+ November that the shattered and storm-pursued vessel arrived at San Lucar.
+ Columbus himself had been suffering, through the voyage, from gout and his
+ other maladies. The voyage was, indeed, a harsh experience for a sick man,
+ almost seventy years old.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He went at once to Seville, to find such rest as he might, for body and
+ mind.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0013" id="link2HCH0013">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER XIII. &mdash; TWO SAD YEARS
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ &mdash;ISABELLA&rsquo;S DEATH&mdash;COLUMBUS AT SEVILLE&mdash;HIS ILLNESS&mdash;LETTERS
+ TO THE KING&mdash;JOURNEYS TO SEGOVIA, SALAMANCA, AND VALLADOLID&mdash;HIS
+ SUIT THERE&mdash;PHILIP AND JUANA&mdash;COLUMBUS EXECUTES HIS WILL&mdash;DIES&mdash;HIS
+ BURIAL AND THE REMOVAL OF HIS BODY&mdash;HIS PORTRAITS&mdash;HIS
+ CHARACTER.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus had been absent from Spain two years and six months. He returned
+ broken in health, and the remaining two years of his life are only the sad
+ history of his effort to relieve his name from dishonor and to leave to
+ his sons a fair opportunity to carry forward his work in the world.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Isabella, alas, died on the twenty-sixth day of November, only a short
+ time after his arrival. Ferdinand, at the least, was cold and hard toward
+ him, and Ferdinand was now engaged in many affairs other than those of
+ discovery. He was satisfied that Columbus did not know how to bring gold
+ home from the colonies, and the promises of the last voyage, that they
+ should strike the East, had not been fulfilled.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Isabella had testified her kindly memory of Columbus, even while he was in
+ exile at Jamaica, by making him one of the body-guard of her oldest son,
+ an honorary appointment which carried with it a handsome annual salary.
+ After the return to Spain of Diego Mendez, the loyal friend who had cared
+ for his interests so well in San Domingo, she had raised him to noble
+ rank.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It is clear, therefore, that among her last thoughts came in the wish to
+ do justice to him whom she had served so well. She had well done her duty
+ which had been given her to do. She had never forgotten the new world to
+ which it was her good fortune to send the discoverer, and in her death
+ that discoverer lost his best friend.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On his arrival in Seville, where one might say he had a right to rest
+ himself and do nothing else, Columbus engaged at once in efforts to see
+ that the seamen who had accompanied him in this last adventure should be
+ properly paid. Many of these men had been disloyal to him and unfaithful
+ to their sovereign, but Columbus, with his own magnanimity, represented
+ eagerly at court that they had endured great peril, that they brought
+ great news, and that the king ought to repay them all that they had
+ earned.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He says, in a letter to his son written at this period, &ldquo;I have not a roof
+ over my head in Castile. I have no place to eat nor to sleep excepting a
+ tavern, and there I am often too poor to pay my scot.&rdquo; This passage has
+ been quoted as if he were living as a beggar at this time, and the world
+ has been asked to believe that a man who had a tenth of the revenue of the
+ Indies due to him in some fashion, was actually living from hand to mouth
+ from day to day. But this is a mere absurdity of exaggeration.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Undoubtedly, he was frequently pressed for ready money. He says to his
+ son, in another letter, &ldquo;I only live by borrowing.&rdquo; Still he had good
+ credit with the Genoese bankers established in Andalusia. In writing to
+ his son he begs him to economize, but at the same time he acknowledges the
+ receipt of bills of exchange and considerable sums of money.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ In the month of December, there is a single transaction in Hispaniola
+ which amounts to five thousand dollars of our money. We must not,
+ therefore, take literally his statement that he was too poor to pay for a
+ night&rsquo;s lodging. On the other hand, it is observed in the correspondence
+ that, on the fifteenth of April, 1505, the king ordered that everything
+ which belonged to Columbus on account of his ten per cent should be
+ carried to the royal treasury as a security for certain debts contracted
+ by the Admiral.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The king had also given an order to the royal agent in Hispaniola that
+ everything which he owned there should be sold. All these details have
+ been carefully brought together by Mr. Harrisse, who says truly that we
+ cannot understand the last order.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ When at last the official proceedings relating to the affairs in Jamaica
+ arrived in Europe, Columbus made an effort to go to court. A litter was
+ provided for him, and all the preparations for his journey made. But he
+ was obliged once more by his weakness to give up this plan, and he could
+ only write letters pressing his claim. Of such letters the misfortune is,
+ that the longer they are, and the more of the detail they give, the less
+ likely are they to be read. Columbus could only write at night; in the
+ daytime he could not use his hands.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He took care to show Ferdinand that his interests had not been properly
+ attended to in the islands. He said that Ovando had been careless as to
+ the king&rsquo;s service, and he was not unwilling to let it be understood that
+ his own administration had been based on a more intelligent policy than
+ that of either of the men who followed him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ But he was now an old man. He was unable to go to court in person. He had
+ not succeeded in that which he had sailed for&mdash;a strait opening to
+ the Southern Sea. He had discovered new gold mines on the continent, but
+ he had brought home but little treasure. His answers from the court seemed
+ to him formal and unsatisfactory. At court, the stories of the Porras
+ brothers were told on the one side, while Diego Mendez and Carvajal
+ represented Columbus.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ In this period of the fading life of Columbus, we have eleven letters
+ addressed by him to his son. These show that he was in Seville as late as
+ February, 1505. From the authority of Las Casas, we know that he left that
+ part of Spain to go to Segovia in the next May, and from that place he
+ followed the court to Salamanca and Valladolid, although he was so weak
+ and ill.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He was received, as he had always been, with professions of kindness; but
+ nothing followed important enough to show that there was anything genuine
+ in this cordiality. After a few days Columbus begged that some action
+ might be taken to indemnify him for his losses, and to confirm the
+ promises which had been made to him before. The king replied that he was
+ willing to refer all points which had been discussed between them to an
+ arbitration. Columbus assented, and proposed the Archbishop Diego de Deza
+ as an arbiter.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The reader must remember that it was he who had assisted Columbus in early
+ days when the inquiry was made at Salamanca. The king assented to the
+ arbitration, but proposed that it should include questions which Columbus
+ would not consider as doubtful. One of these was his restoration to his
+ office of viceroy.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Now on the subject of his dignities Columbus was tenacious. He regarded
+ everything else as unimportant in comparison. He would not admit that
+ there was any question that he was the viceroy of the Indies, and all this
+ discussion ended in the postponement of all consideration of his claims
+ till, after his death, it was too late for them to be considered.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ All the documents, when read with the interest which we take in his
+ character and fortunes, are indeed pathetic; but they did not seem so to
+ the king, if indeed they ever met his eye.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ In despair of obtaining justice for himself, Columbus asked that his son
+ Diego might be sent to Hispaniola in his place. The king would promise
+ nothing, but seems to have attempted to make Columbus exchange the
+ privileges which he enjoyed by the royal promise for a seignory in a
+ little town in the kingdom of Leon, which is named not improperly &ldquo;The
+ Counts&rsquo; Carrion.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It is interesting to see that one of the persons whom he employed, in
+ pressing his claim at the court and in the management of his affairs, was
+ Vespucci, the Florentine merchant, who in early life had been known as
+ Alberigo, but had now taken the name of Americo.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The king was still engaged in the affairs of the islands. He appointed
+ bishops to take charge of the churches in the colonies, but Columbus was
+ not so much as consulted as to the persons who should be sent. When Philip
+ arrived from Flanders, with his wife Juana, who was the heir of Isabella&rsquo;s
+ fortunes and crown, Columbus wished to pay his court to them, but was too
+ weak to do so in person.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ There is a manly letter, written with dignity and pathos, in which he
+ presses his claims upon them. He commissioned his brother, the Adelantado,
+ to take this letter, and with it he went to wait upon the young couple.
+ They received him most cordially, and gave flattering hopes that they
+ would attend favorably to the suit. But this was too late for Columbus
+ himself. Immediately after he had sent his brother away, his illness
+ increased in violence.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The time for petitions and for answers to petitions had come to an end.
+ His health failed steadily, and in the month of May he knew that he was
+ approaching his death. The king and the court had gone to Villafranca de
+ Valcacar.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On the nineteenth of May Columbus executed his will, which had been
+ prepared at Segovia a year before. In this will he directs his son and his
+ successors, acting as administrators, always to maintain &ldquo;in the city of
+ Genoa, some person of our line, who shall have a house and a wife in that
+ place, who shall receive a sufficient income to live honorably, as being
+ one of our relatives, having foot and root in the said city, as a native;
+ since he will be able to receive from this city aid in favor of the things
+ of his service; because from that city I came forth and in that city I was
+ born.&rdquo; This clause became the subject of much litigation as the century
+ went on.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Another clause which was much contested was his direction to his son Diego
+ to take care of Beatriz Enriquez, the mother of Fernando. Diego is
+ instructed to provide for her an honorable subsistence &ldquo;as being a person
+ to whom I have great obligation. What I do in this matter is to relieve my
+ conscience, for this weighs much upon my mind. The reason of this cannot
+ be written here.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The history of the litigation which followed upon this will and upon other
+ documents which bear upon the fortunes of Columbus is curious, but
+ scarcely interesting. The present representative of Columbus is Don
+ Cristobal Colon de la Cerda, Duke of Veragua and of La Vega, a grandee of
+ Spain of the first class, Marquis of Jamaica, Admiral and Seneschal Major
+ of the Indies, who lives at Madrid.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Two days after the authentication of the will he died, on the twenty first
+ of May, 1506, which was the day of Ascension. His last words were those of
+ his Saviour, expressed in the language of the Latin Testament, &ldquo;In manus
+ tuas, Pater, commendo spiritum meum,&rdquo;&mdash;&ldquo;Father, into thy hands I
+ commend my spirit.&rdquo; The absence of the court from Valladolid took with it,
+ perhaps, the historians and annalists. For this or for some other reason,
+ there is no mention whatever of Columbus&rsquo;s funeral in any of the documents
+ of the time.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The body was laid in the convent of San Francisco at Valladolid. Such at
+ least is the supposition of Navarrete, who has collected the original
+ documents relating to Columbus. He supposes that the funeral services were
+ conducted in the church of the parish of Santa Maria de la Antigua. From
+ the church of Saint Francis, not many months after, the body was removed
+ to Seville. A new chapel had lately been built there, called Santa Maria
+ de las Cuevas. In this chapel was the body of Columbus entombed. In a
+ curious discussion of the subject, which has occupied much more space than
+ it is worth, it is supposed that this was in the year 1513, but Mr.
+ Harrisse has proved that this date is not accurate.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ For at least twenty-eight years, the body was permitted to remain under
+ the vaults of this chapel. Then a petition was sent to Charles V, for
+ leave to carry the coffin and the body to San Domingo, that it might be
+ buried in the larger chapel of the cathedral of that city. To this the
+ emperor consented, in a decree signed June 2, 1537. It is not known how
+ soon the removal to San Domingo was really made, but it took place before
+ many years.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Mr. Harrisse quotes from a manuscript authority to show, that when William
+ Penn besieged the city of San Domingo in 1655, all the bodies buried under
+ the cathedral were withdrawn from view, lest the heretics should profane
+ them, and that &ldquo;the old Admiral&rsquo;s&rdquo; body was treated like the rest.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Mr. Harrisse calls to mind the fact that the earthquake of the nineteenth
+ of May, 1673, demolished the cathedral in part, and the tombs which it
+ contained. He says, &ldquo;the ruin of the colony, the climate, weather, and
+ carelessness all contributed to the loss from sight and the forgetfulness
+ of the bones of Columbus, mingled with the dust of his descendants&rdquo;; and
+ Mr. Harrisse does not believe that any vestige of them was ever found
+ afterwards, in San Domingo or anywhere else. This remark, from the person
+ who has given such large attention to the subject, is interesting. For it
+ is generally stated and believed that the bones were afterwards removed to
+ Havana in the island of Cuba. The opinion of Mr. Harrisse, as it has been
+ quoted, is entitled to very great respect and authority.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ A very curious question has arisen in later times as to the actual place
+ where the remains now are. On this question there is great discussion
+ among historians, and many reports, official and unofficial, have been
+ published with regard to it.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ In the year 1867, the proposal was made to the Holy Father at Rome, that
+ Columbus should receive the honors known in the Roman Catholic Church as
+ the honors of beatification. In 1877, De Lorgues, the enthusiastic
+ biographer of Columbus, represents that the inquiry had gone so far that
+ these honors had been determined on. One who reads his book would be led
+ to suppose that Columbus had already been recognized as on the way to be
+ made a saint of the Church. But, in truth, though some such inquiry was
+ set on foot, he never received the formal honors of beatification.
+ </p>
+ <hr />
+ <p>
+ We have one account by a contemporary of the appearance of Columbus.(*) We
+ are told that he was a &ldquo;robust man, quite tall, of florid complexion, with
+ a long face.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+ (*) In the first Decade of Peter Martyr.
+</pre>
+ <p>
+ In the next generation, Oviedo says Columbus was &ldquo;of good aspect, and
+ above the middle stature. His limbs were strong, his eyes quick, and all
+ the parts of his body well proportioned. His hair was decidedly reddish,
+ and the complexion of his face quite florid and marked with spots of red.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Bishop Las Casas knew the admiral personally, and describes him in these
+ terms: &ldquo;He was above the middle stature, his face was long and striking,
+ his nose was aquiline, his eyes clear blue, his complexion light, tending
+ towards a distinct florid expression, his beard and hair blonde in his
+ youth, but they were blanched at an early age by care.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Las Casas says in another place, &ldquo;he was rude in bearing, and careless as
+ to his language. He was, however, gracious when he chose to be, but he was
+ angry when he was annoyed.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Mr. Harrisse, who has collected these particulars from the different
+ writers, says that this physical type may be frequently met now in the
+ city and neighborhood of Genoa. He adds, &ldquo;as for the portraits, whether
+ painted, engraved, or in sculpture, which appear in collections, in
+ private places, or as prints, there is not one which is authentic. They
+ are all purely imaginary.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ For the purpose of the illustration of this volume, we have used that
+ which is best known, and for many reasons most interesting. It is
+ preserved in the city of Florence, but neither the name of the artist nor
+ the date of the picture is known. It is generally spoken of as the
+ &ldquo;Florentine portrait.&rdquo; The engraving follows an excellent copy, made by
+ the order of Thomas Jefferson, and now in the possession of the
+ Massachusetts Historical Society. We are indebted to the government of
+ this society for permission to use it.(*)
+ </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+ (*) The whole subject of the portraits of Columbus is
+ carefully discussed in a learned paper presented to the
+ Wisconsin Historical Society by Dr. James Davie Butler, and
+ published in the Collections of that Society, Vol. IX, pp.
+ 79-96.
+</pre>
+ <p>
+ A picture ascribed to Titian, and engraved and circulated by the
+ geographer, Jomard, resembles closely the portraits of Philip III. The
+ costume is one which Columbus never wore.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ In his youth Columbus was affiliated with a religious brotherhood, that of
+ Saint Catherine, in Genoa. In after times, on many occasions when it would
+ have been supposed that he would be richly clothed, he appeared in a grave
+ dress which recalled the recollections of the frock of the religious order
+ of Saint Francis. According to Diego Columbus, he died, &ldquo;dressed in the
+ frock of this order, to which he had always been attached.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <hr />
+ <p>
+ The reader who has carefully followed the fortunes of the great discoverer
+ understands from the history the character of the man. He would not have
+ succeeded in his long suit at the court of Ferdinand and Isabella, had he
+ not been a person of single purpose and iron will.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ From the moment when he was in command of the first expedition, that
+ expedition went prosperously to its great success, in precisely the way
+ which he had foreseen and determined. True, he did not discover Asia, as
+ he had hoped, but this was because America was in the way. He showed in
+ that voyage all the attributes of a great discoverer; he deserved the
+ honors which were paid to him on his return.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ As has been said, however, this does not mean that he was a great
+ organizer of cities, or that he was the right person to put in charge of a
+ newly founded colony. It has happened more than once in the history of
+ nations that a great general, who can conquer armies and can obtain peace,
+ has not succeeded in establishing a colony or in governing a city.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On the other hand, it is fair to say that Columbus never had a chance to
+ show what he would have been in the direction of his colonies had they
+ been really left in his charge. This is true, that his heart was always on
+ discovery; all the time that he spent in the wretched detail of the
+ arrangement of a new-built town was time which really seemed to him
+ wasted.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The great problem was always before him, how he should connect his
+ discoveries with the knowledge which Europe had before of the coast of
+ Asia. Always it seemed to him that the dominions of the Great Khan were
+ within his reach. Always he was eager for that happy moment when he should
+ find himself in personal communication with that great monarch, who had
+ been so long the monarch of the East&mdash;who, as he thought, would prove
+ to be the monarch of the West.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus died with the idea that he had come close to Asia. Even a
+ generation after his death, the companions of Cortes gave to the peninsula
+ of California that name because it was the name given in romance to the
+ farthest island of the eastern Indies.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus met with many reverses, and died, one might almost say, a
+ broken-hearted man. But history has been just to him, and has placed him
+ in the foremost rank of the men who have set the world forward. And,
+ outside of the technical study of history, those who like to trace the
+ laws on which human progress advances have been proud and glad to see that
+ here is a noble example of the triumph of faith.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The life of Columbus is an illustration constantly brought forward of the
+ success which God gives to those who, having conceived of a great idea,
+ bravely determine to carry it through.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ His singleness of purpose, his unselfishness, his determination to
+ succeed, have been cited for four centuries, and will be cited for
+ centuries more, among the noblest illustrations which history has given,
+ of success wrought out by the courage of one man.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2H_APPEa" id="link2H_APPEa">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ APPENDIX A.
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ (The following passages, from Admiral Fox&rsquo;s report, give his reasons for
+ believing that Samana, or Atwood&rsquo;s Key, is the island where Columbus first
+ touched land. The interest which attaches to this subject at the moment of
+ the centennial, when many voyages will be made by persons following
+ Columbus, induces me to copy Admiral Fox&rsquo;s reasonings in detail. I believe
+ his conclusion to be correct.)
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ This method of applying Columbus&rsquo;s words in detail to refute each of the
+ alleged tracks, and the study that I gave to the subject in the winter of
+ 1878-79 in the Bahamas, which has been familiar cruising ground to me, has
+ resulted in the selection of Samana or Atwood&rsquo;s Key for the first landing
+ place.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It is a little island 8.8 miles east and west; 1.6 extreme breadth, and
+ averaging 1.2 north and south. It has 8.6 square miles. The east end is in
+ latitude 23 degrees 5&rsquo; N.; longitude 73 degrees 37&rsquo; west of Greenwich. The
+ reef on which it lies is 15 by 2 1/2 miles.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ On the southeast this reef stretches half a mile from the land, on the
+ east four miles, on the west two, along the north shore one-quarter to
+ one-half mile, and on the southwest scarcely one-quarter. Turk is smaller
+ than Samana, and Cat very much larger.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The selection of two so unlike in size show that dimension has not been
+ considered essential in choosing an island for the first landfall.(*)
+ </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+ (*) I am indebted to T. J. McLain, Esq., United States
+ consul at Nassau, for the following information given to him
+ by the captains of this port, who visit Samana or Atwood&rsquo;s
+ Key. The sub-sketch on this chart is substantially correct:
+ Good water is only obtained by sinking wells. The two keys
+ to the east are covered with guano; white boobies hold the
+ larger one, and black boobies the other; neither
+ intermingles.
+</pre>
+ <p>
+ The island is now uninhabited, but arrow heads and stone hatchets are
+ sometimes found; and in places there are piles of stones supposed to have
+ been made by the aborigines. Most of the growth is scrubby, with a few
+ scattered trees.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Nassau vessels enter an opening through the reef on the south side of
+ the island and find a very comfortable little harbor with from two to two
+ and a half fathoms of water. From here they send their boats on shore to
+ &ldquo;strip&rdquo; guano, and cut satin, dye woods and bark.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ When Columbus discovered Guanahani, the journal called it a &ldquo;little
+ island.&rdquo; After landing he speaks of it as &ldquo;bien grande,&rdquo; &ldquo;very large,&rdquo;
+ which some translate, tolerably, or pretty large. November 20, 1492
+ (Navarette, first edition, p. 61), the journal refers to Isabella, a
+ larger island than Guanahani, as &ldquo;little island,&rdquo; and the fifth of January
+ following (p. 125) San Salvador is again called &ldquo;little island.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Bahamas have an area of about 37,000 square miles, six per cent of
+ which may be land, enumerated as 36 islands, 687 keys, and 2,414 rocks.
+ The submarine bank upon which these rest underlies Florida also. But this
+ peninsula is wave-formed upon living corals, whose growth and gradual
+ stretch toward the south has been made known by Agassiz.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ I had an unsuccessful search for a similar story of the Bahamas, to learn
+ whether there were any probable changes within so recent a period as four
+ hundred years.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The common mind can see that all the rock there is coral, none of which is
+ in position. The surface, the caves, the chinks, and the numerous
+ pot-holes are compact limestone, often quite crystalline, while beneath it
+ is oolitic, either friable or hard enough to be used for buildings. The
+ hills are sand-blown, not upheaved. On a majority of the maps of the
+ sixteenth century there were islands on Mouchoir, and on Silver Banks,
+ where now are rocks &ldquo;awash;&rdquo; and the Dutch and the Severn Shoals, which
+ lay to the east, have disappeared.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It is difficult to resist the impression that the shoal banks, and the
+ reefs of the Bahamas, were formerly covered with land; and that for a
+ geological age waste has been going on, and, perhaps, subsidence. The
+ coral polyp seems to be doing only desultory work, and that mostly on the
+ northeast or Atlantic side of the islands; everywhere else it has
+ abandoned the field to the erosive action of the waves.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus said that Guanahani had abundance of water and a very large
+ lagoon in the middle of it. He used the word laguna&mdash;lagoon, not lago&mdash;lake.
+ His arrival in the Bahamas was at the height of the rainy season. Governor
+ Rawson&rsquo;s Report on the Bahamas, 1864, page 92, Appendix 4, gives the
+ annual rainfall at Nassau for ten years, 1855&mdash;&lsquo;64, as sixty-four
+ inches. From May 1, to November 1 is the wet season, during which 44.7
+ inches fall; the other six months 19.3 only. The most is in October, 8.5
+ inches.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Andros, the largest island, 1,600 square miles, is the only one that has a
+ stream of water. The subdivision of the land into so many islands and
+ keys, the absence of mountains, the showery characteristic of the
+ rainfall, the porosity of the rock, and the great heat reflected from the
+ white coral, are the chief causes for the want of running water. During
+ the rainy season the &ldquo;abundance of water&rdquo; collects in the low places,
+ making ponds and lagoons, that afterward are soaked up by the rock and
+ evaporated by the sun.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Turk and Watling have lagoons of a more permanent condition, because they
+ are maintained from the ocean by permeation. The lagoon which Columbus
+ found at Guanahani had certainly undrinkable water, or he would have
+ gotten some for his vessels, instead of putting it off until he reached
+ the third island.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ There is nothing in the journal to indicate that the lagoon at Guanahani
+ was aught but the flooding of the low grounds by excessive rains; and even
+ if it was one communicating with the ocean, its absence now may be
+ referred to the effect of those agencies which are working incessantly to
+ reshape the soft structure of the Bahamas.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Samana has a range of hills on the southwest side about one hundred feet
+ high, and on the northeast another, lower. Between them, and also along
+ the north shore, the land is low, and during the season of rains there is
+ a row of ponds parallel to the shore. On the south side a conspicuous
+ white bluff looks to the southward and eastward.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The two keys, lying respectively half a mile and three miles east of the
+ island, and possibly the outer breaker, which is four miles, all might
+ have been connected with each other, and with the island, four hundred
+ years ago. In that event the most convenient place for Columbus to anchor
+ in the strong northeast trade-wind, was where I have put an anchor on the
+ sub-sketch of Samana.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ (In a subsequent passage Admiral Fox says:&mdash;)
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ There is a common belief that the first landing place is settled by one or
+ another of the authors cited here. Nevertheless, I trust to have shown,
+ paragraph by paragraph, wherein their several tracks are contrary to the
+ journal, inconsistent with the true cartography of the neighborhood, and
+ to the discredit, measurably, both of Columbus and of Las Casas. The
+ obscurity and the carelessness which appear in part of the diary through
+ the Bahamas offer no obstacle to this demonstration, provided that they do
+ not extend to the &ldquo;log,&rdquo; or nautical part.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus went to sea when he was fourteen years of age, and served there
+ almost continuously for twenty-three years. The strain of a sea-faring
+ life, from so tender an age, is not conducive to literary exactness.
+ Still, for the very reason of this sea experience, the &ldquo;log&rdquo; should be
+ correct.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ This is composed of the courses steered, distances sailed over, bearings
+ of islands from one another, trend of shores, etc. The recording of these
+ is the daily business of seamen, and here the entries were by Columbus
+ himself, chiefly to enable him, on his return to Spain, to construct that
+ nautical map, which is promised in the prologue of the first voyage.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ In crossing the Atlantic the Admiral understated to the crew each day&rsquo;s
+ run, so that they should not know how far they had gone into an unknown
+ ocean. Las Casas was aware of this counterfeit &ldquo;log,&rdquo; but his abridgment
+ is from that one which Columbus kept for his own use.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ If the complicated courses and distances in this were originally wrong, or
+ if the copy of them is false, it is obvious that they cannot be &ldquo;plotted&rdquo;
+ upon a correct chart. Conversely, if they ARE made to conform to a
+ succession of islands among which he is known to have sailed, it is
+ evident that this is a genuine transcript of the authentic &ldquo;log&rdquo; of
+ Columbus, and, reciprocally, that we have the true track, the beginning of
+ which is the eventful landfall of October 12, 1492.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The student or critical reader, and the seaman, will have to determine
+ whether the writer has established this conformity. The public, probably,
+ desires to have the question settled, but it will hardly take any interest
+ in a discussion that has no practical bearing, and which, for its
+ elucidation, leans so much upon the jargon or the sea.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It is not flattering to the English or Spanish speaking peoples that the
+ four hundredth anniversary of this great event draws nigh, and is likely
+ to catch us still floundering, touching the first landing place.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2H_SUMM" id="link2H_SUMM">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ SUMMARY.
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ First. There is no objection to Samana in respect to size, position or
+ shape. That it is a little island, lying east and west, is in its favor.
+ The erosion at the east end, by which islets have been formed, recalls the
+ assertion of Columbus that there it could be cut off in two days and made
+ into an island.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The Nassau vessels still find a snug anchorage here during the northeast
+ trades. These blew half a gale of wind at the time of the landfall; yet
+ Navarette, Varnhagen, and Captain Becher anchored the squadron on the
+ windward sides of the coral reefs of their respective islands, a &ldquo;lee
+ shore.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The absence of permanent lagoons at Samana I have tried to explain.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Second. The course from Samana to Crooked is to the southwest, which is
+ the direction that the Admiral said he should steer &ldquo;tomorrow evening.&rdquo;
+ The distance given by him corresponds with the chart.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Third. The second island, Santa Maria, is described as having two sides
+ which made a right angle, and the length of each is given. This points
+ directly to Crooked and Acklin. Both form one island, so fitted to the
+ words of the journal as cannot be done with any other land of the Bahamas.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Fourth. The course and distance from Crooked to Long Island is that which
+ the Admiral gives from Santa Maria to Fernandina.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Fifth. Long Island, the third, is accurately described. The trend of the
+ shores, &ldquo;north-northwest and south-southeast;&rdquo; the &ldquo;marvelous port&rdquo; and
+ the &ldquo;coast which runs east (and) west,&rdquo; can nowhere be found except at the
+ southeast part of Long Island.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Sixth. The journal is obscure in regard to the fourth island. The best way
+ to find it is to &ldquo;plot&rdquo; the courses FORWARD from the third island and the
+ courses and distances BACKWARD from the fifth. These lead to Fortune for
+ the fourth.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Seventh. The Ragged Islands are the fifth. These he named las islas de
+ Arena&mdash;Sand Islands.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They lie west-southwest from the fourth, and this is the course the
+ Admiral adhered to. He did not &ldquo;log&rdquo; all the run made between these
+ islands; in consequence the &ldquo;log&rdquo; falls short of the true distance, as it
+ ought to. These &ldquo;seven or eight islands, all extending from north to
+ south,&rdquo; and having shoal water &ldquo;six leagues to the south&rdquo; of them, are
+ seen on the chart at a glance.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Eighth. The course and distance from these to Port Padre, in Cuba, is
+ reasonable. The westerly current, the depth of water at the entrance of
+ Padre, and the general description, are free of difficulties. The true
+ distance is greater than the &ldquo;logged,&rdquo; because Columbus again omits part
+ of his run. It would be awkward if the true distances from the fourth to
+ the fifth islands, and from the latter to Padre, had fallen short of the
+ &ldquo;log,&rdquo; since it would make the unexplainable situation which occurs in
+ Irving&rsquo;s course and distance from Mucaras Reef to Boca de Caravela.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ From end to end of the Samana track there are but three discrepancies. At
+ the third island, two leagues ought to be two miles. At the fourth island
+ twelve leagues ought to be twelve miles. The bearing between the third and
+ fourth islands is not quite as the chart has it, nor does it agree with
+ the courses he steered. These three are fairly explained, and I think that
+ no others can be mustered to disturb the concord between this track and
+ the journal.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Rev. Mr. Cronan, in his recent voyage, discovered a cave at Watling&rsquo;s
+ island, where were many skeletons of the natives. It is thought that a
+ study of the bones in these skeletons will give some new ethnological
+ information as to the race which Columbus found, which is now, thanks to
+ Spanish cruelty, entirely extinct.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2H_APPEb" id="link2H_APPEb">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ APPENDIX B.
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ The letter to the Lady Juana, which gives Columbus&rsquo;s own statement of the
+ indignities put upon him in San Domingo, is written in his most crabbed
+ Spanish. He never wrote the Spanish language accurately, and the letter,
+ as printed from his own manuscript, is even curious in its infelicities.
+ It is so striking an illustration of the character of the man that we
+ print here an abstract of it, with some passages translated directly from
+ his own language.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus writes, towards the end of the year 1500, to the former nurse of
+ Don Juan, an account of the treatment he has received. &ldquo;If my complaint of
+ the world is new, its method of abuse is very old,&rdquo; he says. &ldquo;God has made
+ me a messenger of the new heaven and the new earth which is spoken of in
+ the Apocalypse by the mouth of St. John, after having been spoken of by
+ Isaiah, and he showed me the place where it was.&rdquo; Everybody was
+ incredulous, but the queen alone gave the spirit of intelligence and zeal
+ to the undertaking. Then the people talked of obstacles and expense.
+ Columbus says &ldquo;seven years passed in talk, and nine in executing some
+ noted acts which are worthy of remembrance,&rdquo; but he returned reviled by
+ all.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;If I had stolen the Indies and had given them to the Moors I could not
+ have had greater enmity shown to me in Spain.&rdquo; Columbus would have liked
+ then to give up the business if he could have come before the queen.
+ However he persisted, and he says he &ldquo;undertook a new voyage to the new
+ heaven and the new earth which before had been hidden, and if it is not
+ appreciated in Spain as much as the other countries of India it is not
+ surprising, because it is all owing to my industry.&rdquo; He &ldquo;had believed that
+ the voyage to Paria would reconcile all because of the pearls and gold in
+ the islands of Espanola.&rdquo; He says, &ldquo;I caused those of our people whom I
+ had left there to come together and fish for pearls, and arranged that I
+ should return and take from them what had been collected, as I understood,
+ in measure a fanega (about a bushel). If I have not written this to their
+ Highnesses it is because I wished also to have as much of gold. But that
+ fled before me, as all other things; I would not have lost them and with
+ them my honor, if I could have busied myself with my own affairs.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;When I went to San Domingo I found almost half of the colony uprising,
+ and they made war upon me as a Moor, and the Indians on the other side
+ were no less cruel.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Hojida came and he tried to make order, and he said that their Highnesses
+ had sent him with promises of gifts and grants and money. He made up a
+ large company, for in all Espanola there were few men who were not
+ vagabonds, and no one lived there who had wife or children.&rdquo; Hojida
+ retired with threats.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then Vincente Ganez came with four ships. There were outbreaks and
+ suspicions but no damage.&rdquo; He reported that six other ships under a
+ brother of the Alcalde would arrive, and also the death of the queen, but
+ these were rumors without foundation.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Adrian (Mogica) attempted to go away as before, but our Lord did not
+ permit him to carry out his bad plan.&rdquo; Here Columbus regrets that he was
+ obliged to use force or ill-treat Adrian, but says he would have done the
+ same had his brother wished to kill him or wrest from him the government
+ which the king and queen had given him to guard.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;For six months I was ready to leave to take to their Highnesses the good
+ news of the gold and to stop governing a dissolute people who feared
+ neither king nor queen, full of meanness and malice. I would have been
+ able to pay all the people with six hundred thousand maravedis and for
+ that there were more than four millions of tithes without counting the
+ third part of the gold.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus says that he begged before his departure that they would send
+ some one at his expense to take command, and yet again a subject with
+ letters, for he says bitterly that he has such a singular reputation that
+ if he &ldquo;were building churches and hospitals they would say they were cells
+ for stolen goods.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Then Bobadilla came to Santo Domingo while Columbus was at La Vega and the
+ Adelantado at Jaragua. &ldquo;The second day of his arrival he declared himself
+ governor, created magistrates, made offices, published grants for gold and
+ tithes, and everything else for a term of twenty years.&rdquo; He said he had
+ come to pay the people, and declared he would send Columbus home in irons.
+ Columbus was away. Letters with favors were sent to others, but none to
+ him. Columbus resorted to methods to gain time so that their Highnesses
+ could understand the state of things. But he was constantly maligned and
+ persecuted by those who were jealous of him. He says:
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I think that you will remember that when the tempest threw me into the
+ port of Lisbon, after having lost my sails, I was accused of having the
+ intention to give India to that country. Afterwards their Highnesses knew
+ to the contrary. Although I know but little, I cannot conceive that any
+ one would suppose me so stupid as not to know that though India might
+ belong to me, yet I could not keep it without the help of a prince.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Columbus complains that he has been judged as a governor who has been sent
+ to a peaceful, well-regulated province. He says, &ldquo;I ought to be judged as
+ a captain sent from Spain to the Indies to conquer a warlike people, whose
+ custom and religion are all opposed to ours, where the people live in the
+ mountains without regular houses for themselves, and where, by the will of
+ God, I have placed under the rule of the king and queen another world, and
+ by which Spain, which calls itself poor, is today the richest empire. I
+ ought to be judged as a captain who for many years bears arms incessantly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I know well that the errors that I have committed have not been with bad
+ intentions, and I think that their Highnesses will believe what I say; but
+ I know and see that they use pity for those who work against them.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;If, nevertheless, their Highnesses order that another shall judge me,
+ which I hope will not be, and this ought to be on an examination made in
+ India, I humbly beg of them to send there two conscientious and
+ respectable people, at my expense, which may know easily that one finds
+ five marcs of gold in four hours. However that may be, it is very
+ necessary that they should go there.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2H_APPEc" id="link2H_APPEc">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ APPENDIX C.
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ It would have been so natural to give the name of Columbus to the new
+ world which he gave to Castile and Leon, that much wonder has been
+ expressed that America was not called Columbia, and many efforts have been
+ made to give to the continent this name. The District of Columbia was so
+ named at a time when American writers of poetry, were determined that
+ &ldquo;Columbia&rdquo; should be the name of the continent. The ship Columbia, from
+ which the great river of the West takes that name, had received this name
+ under the same circumstances about the same time. The city of Columbia,
+ which is the capital of South Carolina, was named with the same wish to do
+ justice to the great navigator.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Side by side with the discussion as to the name, and sometimes making a
+ part of it, is the question whether Columbus himself was really the first
+ discoverer of the mainland. The reader has seen that he first saw the
+ mainland of South America in the beginning of August, 1498. It was on the
+ fifth, sixth or seventh day, according to Mr. Harrisse&rsquo;s accurate study of
+ the letters. Was this the first discovery by a European of the mainland?
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It is known that Ojeda, with whom the reader is familiar, also saw this
+ coast. With him, as passenger on his vessel, was Alberico Vespucci, and at
+ one time it was supposed that Vespucci had made some claim to be the
+ discoverer of the continent, on account of this voyage. But in truth Ojeda
+ himself says that before he sailed he had seen the map of the Gulf of
+ Paria which Columbus had sent home to the sovereigns after he made that
+ discovery. It also seems to be proved that Alberico Vespucci, as he was
+ then called, never made for himself any claim to the great discovery.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Another question, of a certain interest to people proud of English
+ maritime science, is the question whether the Cabots did not see the
+ mainland before Columbus. It is admitted on all hands that they did not
+ make their first voyage till they knew of Columbus&rsquo;s first discoveries;
+ but it is supposed that in the first or second voyage of the Cabots, they
+ saw the mainland of North America. The dates of the Cabots&rsquo; voyages are
+ unfortunately badly entangled. One of them is as early as 1494, but this
+ is generally rejected. It is more probable that the king&rsquo;s letters patent,
+ authorizing John Cabot and his three sons to go, with five vessels, under
+ the English flag, for the discovery of islands and countries yet unknown,
+ was dated the fifth of March, 1496. Whether, however, they sailed in that
+ year or in the next year is a question. The first record of a discovery is
+ in the account-book of the privy purse of Henry VII, in the words, &ldquo;August
+ 10th, 1497. To him who discovered the new island, ten pounds.&rdquo; This is
+ clearly not a claim on which the discovery of the mainland can be based.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ A manuscript known as the Cotton Manuscript says that John Cabot had
+ sailed, but had not returned, at the moment when the manuscript was
+ written. This period was &ldquo;the thirteenth year of Henry VII.&rdquo; The
+ thirteenth year of Henry began on the twenty-second of August, 1497, and
+ ended in 1498. On the third of February, 1498, Henry VII granted
+ permission to Cabot to take six English ships &ldquo;to the lands and islands
+ recently found by the said Cabot, in the name of the king and by his
+ orders.&rdquo; Strictly speaking, this would mean that the mainland had then
+ been discovered; but it is impossible to establish the claim of England on
+ these terms.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ What is, however, more to the point, is a letter from Pasqualigo, a
+ Venetian merchant, who says, writing to Venice, on the twenty-third of
+ August, 1497, that Cabot had discovered the mainland at seven hundred
+ leagues to the west, and had sailed along it for a coast of three hundred
+ leagues. He says the voyage was three months in length. It was made, then,
+ between May and August, 1497. The evidence of this letter seems to show
+ that the mainland of North America was really first discovered by Cabot.
+ The discussion, however, does not in the least detract from the merit due
+ to Columbus for the great discovery. Whether he saw an island or whether
+ he saw the mainland, was a mere matter of what has been called landfall by
+ the seamen. It is admitted on all hands that he was the leader in all
+ these enterprises, and that it was on his success in the first voyage that
+ all such enterprises followed.
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 6em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Life of Christopher Columbus from
+his own Letters and Journals, by Edward Everett Hale
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK LIFE OF COLUMBUS ***
+
+***** This file should be named 1492-h.htm or 1492-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/1/4/9/1492/
+
+Produced by Charles Keller and David Widger
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase &ldquo;Project
+Gutenberg&rdquo;), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. &ldquo;Project Gutenberg&rdquo; is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (&ldquo;the Foundation&rdquo;
+ or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase &ldquo;Project Gutenberg&rdquo; appears, or with which the phrase &ldquo;Project
+Gutenberg&rdquo; is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase &ldquo;Project Gutenberg&rdquo; associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+&ldquo;Plain Vanilla ASCII&rdquo; or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original &ldquo;Plain Vanilla ASCII&rdquo; or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, &ldquo;Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.&rdquo;
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+&ldquo;Defects,&rdquo; such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the &ldquo;Right
+of Replacement or Refund&rdquo; described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you &lsquo;AS-IS&rsquo; WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm&rsquo;s
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation&rsquo;s EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state&rsquo;s laws.
+
+The Foundation&rsquo;s principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation&rsquo;s web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+ </body>
+</html>